mirror of
https://github.com/systemd/systemd.git
synced 2024-12-23 21:35:11 +03:00
6397 lines
290 KiB
XML
6397 lines
290 KiB
XML
<?xml version='1.0'?>
|
||
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN"
|
||
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd">
|
||
<!-- SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-2.1-or-later -->
|
||
|
||
<refentry id="systemd.network" conditional='ENABLE_NETWORKD'
|
||
xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude">
|
||
|
||
<refentryinfo>
|
||
<title>systemd.network</title>
|
||
<productname>systemd</productname>
|
||
</refentryinfo>
|
||
|
||
<refmeta>
|
||
<refentrytitle>systemd.network</refentrytitle>
|
||
<manvolnum>5</manvolnum>
|
||
</refmeta>
|
||
|
||
<refnamediv>
|
||
<refname>systemd.network</refname>
|
||
<refpurpose>Network configuration</refpurpose>
|
||
</refnamediv>
|
||
|
||
<refsynopsisdiv>
|
||
<para><filename><replaceable>network</replaceable>.network</filename></para>
|
||
</refsynopsisdiv>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>Description</title>
|
||
|
||
<para>A plain ini-style text file that encodes network configuration for matching network
|
||
interfaces, used by
|
||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-networkd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
||
See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.syntax</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>
|
||
for a general description of the syntax.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>The main network file must have the extension <filename>.network</filename>; other
|
||
extensions are ignored. Networks are applied to links whenever the links appear.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>The <filename>.network</filename> files are read from the files located in the system network
|
||
directories <filename>/usr/lib/systemd/network</filename> and
|
||
<filename>/usr/local/lib/systemd/network</filename>, the volatile runtime network directory
|
||
<filename>/run/systemd/network</filename> and the local administration network directory
|
||
<filename>/etc/systemd/network</filename>. All configuration files are collectively sorted and
|
||
processed in alphanumeric order, regardless of the directories in which they live. However, files
|
||
with identical filenames replace each other. It is recommended that each filename is prefixed with
|
||
a number smaller than <literal>70</literal> (e.g. <filename>10-eth0.network</filename>). Otherwise, the
|
||
default <filename>.network</filename> files or those generated by
|
||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-network-generator.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>
|
||
may take precedence over user configured files. Files in <filename>/etc/</filename> have the highest
|
||
priority, files in <filename>/run/</filename> take precedence over files with the same name under
|
||
<filename>/usr/</filename>. This can be used to override a system-supplied configuration file with
|
||
a local file if needed. As a special case, an empty file (file size 0) or symlink with the same
|
||
name pointing to <filename>/dev/null</filename> disables the configuration file entirely (it is
|
||
"masked").</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>Along with the network file <filename>foo.network</filename>, a "drop-in" directory
|
||
<filename>foo.network.d/</filename> may exist. All files with the suffix
|
||
<literal>.conf</literal> from this directory will be merged in the alphanumeric order and parsed
|
||
after the main file itself has been parsed. This is useful to alter or add configuration settings,
|
||
without having to modify the main configuration file. Each drop-in file must have appropriate
|
||
section headers.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>In addition to <filename>/etc/systemd/network</filename>, drop-in <literal>.d</literal>
|
||
directories can be placed in <filename>/usr/lib/systemd/network</filename> or
|
||
<filename>/run/systemd/network</filename> directories. Drop-in files in
|
||
<filename>/etc/</filename> take precedence over those in <filename>/run/</filename> which in turn
|
||
take precedence over those in <filename>/usr/lib/</filename>. Drop-in files under any of these
|
||
directories take precedence over the main network file wherever located.</para>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[Match] Section Options</title>
|
||
|
||
<para>The network file contains a [Match] section, which determines if a given network file may
|
||
be applied to a given interface; and a [Network] section specifying how the interface should be
|
||
configured. The first (in alphanumeric order) of the network files that matches a given interface
|
||
is applied, all later files are ignored, even if they match as well.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>Note that any network interfaces that have the <varname>ID_NET_MANAGED_BY=</varname> udev property
|
||
set will never be matched by any .network files – unless the property's value is the string
|
||
<literal>io.systemd.Network</literal> – even if the [Match] section would otherwise match. This may be
|
||
used to exclude specific network interfaces from <command>systemd-networkd</command>'s management, while
|
||
keeping the [Match] section generic. The <varname>ID_NET_MANAGED_BY=</varname> property thus declares
|
||
intended <emphasis>ownership</emphasis> of the device, and permits ensuring that concurrent network
|
||
management implementations do not compete for management of specific devices.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>A network file is said to match a network interface if all matches specified by the [Match]
|
||
section are satisfied. When a network file does not contain valid settings in [Match] section, then
|
||
the file will match all interfaces and <command>systemd-networkd</command> warns about that. Hint:
|
||
to avoid the warning and to make it clear that all interfaces shall be matched, add the following:
|
||
<programlisting>Name=*</programlisting> The following keys are accepted:</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
<xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="mac-address" />
|
||
<xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="permanent-mac-address" />
|
||
<xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="path" />
|
||
<xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="driver" />
|
||
<xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="type" />
|
||
<xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="kind" />
|
||
<xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="property" />
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Name=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>A whitespace-separated list of shell-style globs matching the device name, as exposed
|
||
by the udev property <literal>INTERFACE</literal>, or device's alternative names. If the
|
||
list is prefixed with a "!", the test is inverted.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>WLANInterfaceType=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>A whitespace-separated list of wireless network type. Supported values are
|
||
<literal>ad-hoc</literal>, <literal>station</literal>, <literal>ap</literal>,
|
||
<literal>ap-vlan</literal>, <literal>wds</literal>, <literal>monitor</literal>,
|
||
<literal>mesh-point</literal>, <literal>p2p-client</literal>, <literal>p2p-go</literal>,
|
||
<literal>p2p-device</literal>, <literal>ocb</literal>, and <literal>nan</literal>. If the
|
||
list is prefixed with a "!", the test is inverted. </para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>SSID=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>A whitespace-separated list of shell-style globs matching the SSID of the currently
|
||
connected wireless LAN. If the list is prefixed with a "!", the test is inverted.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>BSSID=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>A whitespace-separated list of hardware address of the currently connected wireless
|
||
LAN. Use full colon-, hyphen- or dot-delimited hexadecimal. See the example in
|
||
<varname>MACAddress=</varname>. This option may appear more than once, in which case the
|
||
lists are merged. If the empty string is assigned to this option, the list is reset.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="host" />
|
||
<xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="virtualization" />
|
||
<xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="kernel-command-line" />
|
||
<xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="kernel-version" />
|
||
<xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="credential" />
|
||
<xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="architecture" />
|
||
<xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="firmware" />
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[Link] Section Options</title>
|
||
|
||
<para>The [Link] section accepts the following keys:</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>MACAddress=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>The hardware address to set for the device.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v218"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>MTUBytes=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>The maximum transmission unit in bytes to set for the device. The usual suffixes K, M,
|
||
G, are supported and are understood to the base of 1024.</para>
|
||
<para>Note that if IPv6 is enabled on the interface, and the MTU is chosen below 1280 (the
|
||
minimum MTU for IPv6) it will automatically be increased to this value.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v218"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>ARP=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, the ARP (low-level Address Resolution Protocol)
|
||
for this interface is enabled. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
||
<para> For example, disabling ARP is useful when creating multiple MACVLAN or VLAN virtual
|
||
interfaces atop a single lower-level physical interface, which will then only serve as a
|
||
link/"bridge" device aggregating traffic to the same physical link and not participate in
|
||
the network otherwise. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Multicast=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, the multicast flag on the device is enabled. Defaults
|
||
to unset.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>AllMulticast=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, the driver retrieves all multicast packets from the
|
||
network. This happens when multicast routing is enabled. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Promiscuous=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, promiscuous mode of the interface is enabled. Defaults
|
||
to unset.</para>
|
||
<para>If this is set to false for the underlying link of a <literal>passthru</literal> mode
|
||
MACVLAN/MACVTAP, the virtual interface will be created with the <literal>nopromisc</literal>
|
||
flag set.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Unmanaged=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. When <literal>yes</literal>, no attempts are made to bring up or
|
||
configure matching links, equivalent to when there are no matching network files. Defaults to
|
||
<literal>no</literal>.</para>
|
||
<para>This is useful for preventing later matching network files from interfering with
|
||
certain interfaces that are fully controlled by other applications.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Group=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Link groups are similar to port ranges found in managed switches. When network
|
||
interfaces are added to a numbered group, operations on all the interfaces from that group
|
||
can be performed at once. Takes an unsigned integer in the range 0…2147483647. Defaults to
|
||
unset.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>RequiredForOnline=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean, a minimum operational state (e.g., <literal>carrier</literal>), or a range
|
||
of operational state separated with a colon (e.g., <literal>degraded:routable</literal>).
|
||
Please see
|
||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
|
||
for possible operational states. When <literal>yes</literal>, the network is deemed required
|
||
when determining whether the system is online (including when running
|
||
<command>systemd-networkd-wait-online</command>). When <literal>no</literal>, the network is
|
||
ignored when determining the online state. When a minimum operational state and an optional
|
||
maximum operational state are set, <command>systemd-networkd-wait-online</command> deems that the
|
||
interface is online when the operational state is in the specified range.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>Defaults to <literal>yes</literal> when <varname>ActivationPolicy=</varname> is not
|
||
set, or set to <literal>up</literal>, <literal>always-up</literal>, or
|
||
<literal>bound</literal>. Defaults to <literal>no</literal> when
|
||
<varname>ActivationPolicy=</varname> is set to <literal>manual</literal> or
|
||
<literal>down</literal>. This is forced to <literal>no</literal> when
|
||
<varname>ActivationPolicy=</varname> is set to <literal>always-down</literal>.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>The network will be brought up normally (as configured by
|
||
<varname>ActivationPolicy=</varname>), but in the event that there is no address being
|
||
assigned by DHCP or the cable is not plugged in, the link will simply remain offline and be
|
||
skipped automatically by <command>systemd-networkd-wait-online</command> if
|
||
<literal>RequiredForOnline=no</literal>.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>The boolean value <literal>yes</literal> is translated as follows;
|
||
<variablelist>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><option>CAN devices</option></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para><literal>carrier</literal>,</para>
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v256"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><option>Master devices, e.g. bond or bridge</option></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para><literal>degraded-carrier</literal> with <varname>RequiredFamilyForOnline=any</varname>,</para>
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v256"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><option>Bonding port interfaces</option></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para><literal>enslaved</literal>,</para>
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v256"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><option>Other interfaces</option></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para><literal>degraded</literal>.</para>
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>This setting can be overridden by the command line option for
|
||
<command>systemd-networkd-wait-online</command>. See
|
||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-networkd-wait-online.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>
|
||
for more details.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>RequiredFamilyForOnline=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes an address family. When specified, an IP address in the given family is deemed
|
||
required when determining whether the link is online (including when running
|
||
<command>systemd-networkd-wait-online</command>). Takes one of <literal>ipv4</literal>,
|
||
<literal>ipv6</literal>, <literal>both</literal>, or <literal>any</literal>. Defaults to
|
||
<literal>no</literal>. Note that this option has no effect if
|
||
<literal>RequiredForOnline=no</literal>.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>ActivationPolicy=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the policy for <command>systemd-networkd</command> managing the link
|
||
administrative state. Specifically, this controls how <command>systemd-networkd</command>
|
||
changes the network device's <literal>IFF_UP</literal> flag, which is sometimes
|
||
controlled by system administrators by running e.g.,
|
||
<command>ip link set dev eth0 up</command> or <command>ip link set dev eth0 down</command>,
|
||
and can also be changed with <command>networkctl up eth0</command> or
|
||
<command>networkctl down eth0</command>.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>Takes one of <literal>up</literal>, <literal>always-up</literal>,
|
||
<literal>manual</literal>, <literal>always-down</literal>, <literal>down</literal>,
|
||
or <literal>bound</literal>. When <literal>manual</literal>,
|
||
<command>systemd-networkd</command> will not change the link's admin state automatically;
|
||
the system administrator must bring the interface up or down manually, as desired. When
|
||
<literal>up</literal> (the default) or <literal>always-up</literal>, or
|
||
<literal>down</literal> or <literal>always-down</literal>,
|
||
<command>systemd-networkd</command> will set the link up or down, respectively, when the
|
||
interface is (re)configured. When <literal>always-up</literal> or
|
||
<literal>always-down</literal>, <command>systemd-networkd</command> will set the link up or
|
||
down, respectively, any time <command>systemd-networkd</command> detects a change in the
|
||
administrative state. When <varname>BindCarrier=</varname> is also set, this is automatically
|
||
set to <literal>bound</literal> and any other value is ignored.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>When the policy is set to <literal>down</literal> or <literal>manual</literal>, the
|
||
default value of <varname>RequiredForOnline=</varname> is <literal>no</literal>. When the
|
||
policy is set to <literal>always-down</literal>, the value of
|
||
<varname>RequiredForOnline=</varname> forced to <literal>no</literal>.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>The administrative state is not the same as the carrier state, so using
|
||
<literal>always-up</literal> does not mean the link will never lose carrier. The link carrier
|
||
depends on both the administrative state as well as the network device's physical connection.
|
||
However, to avoid reconfiguration failures, when using <literal>always-up</literal>,
|
||
<varname>IgnoreCarrierLoss=</varname> is forced to true.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="systemd.link.xml" xpointer="sr-iov" />
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[Network] Section Options</title>
|
||
|
||
<para>The [Network] section accepts the following keys:</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Description=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>A description of the device. This is only used for presentation purposes.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>DHCP=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Enables DHCPv4 and/or DHCPv6 client support. Accepts <literal>yes</literal>,
|
||
<literal>no</literal>, <literal>ipv4</literal>, or <literal>ipv6</literal>. Defaults to
|
||
<literal>no</literal>.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>Note that DHCPv6 will by default be triggered by Router Advertisements, if reception is
|
||
enabled, regardless of this parameter. By explicitly enabling DHCPv6 support here, the DHCPv6
|
||
client will be started in the mode specified by the <varname>WithoutRA=</varname> setting in the
|
||
[DHCPv6] section, regardless of the presence of routers on the link, or what flags the routers
|
||
pass. See <varname>IPv6AcceptRA=</varname>.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>Furthermore, note that by default the domain name specified through DHCP is not used
|
||
for name resolution. See option <option>UseDomains=</option> below.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>See the [DHCPv4] or [DHCPv6] sections below for further configuration options for the
|
||
DHCP client support.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>DHCPServer=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. If set to <literal>yes</literal>, DHCPv4 server will be started.
|
||
Defaults to <literal>no</literal>. Further settings for the DHCP server may be set in the
|
||
[DHCPServer] section described below.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>Even if this is enabled, the DHCP server will not be started automatically and wait for the
|
||
persistent storage being ready to load/save leases in the storage, unless
|
||
<varname>RelayTarget=</varname> or <varname>PersistLeases=no</varname> are specified in the
|
||
[DHCPServer] section. It will be started after
|
||
<filename>systemd-networkd-persistent-storage.service</filename> is started, which calls
|
||
<command>networkctl persistent-storage yes</command>. See
|
||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
|
||
for more details.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>LinkLocalAddressing=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Enables link-local address autoconfiguration. Accepts <option>yes</option>,
|
||
<option>no</option>, <option>ipv4</option>, and <option>ipv6</option>. An IPv6 link-local
|
||
address is configured when <option>yes</option> or <option>ipv6</option>. An IPv4 link-local
|
||
address is configured when <option>yes</option> or <option>ipv4</option> and when DHCPv4
|
||
autoconfiguration has been unsuccessful for some time. (IPv4 link-local address
|
||
autoconfiguration will usually happen in parallel with repeated attempts to acquire a DHCPv4
|
||
lease).</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>Defaults to <option>no</option> when <varname>KeepMaster=</varname> or
|
||
<varname>Bridge=</varname> is set or when the specified
|
||
<varname>MACVLAN=</varname>/<varname>MACVTAP=</varname> has <varname>Mode=passthru</varname>,
|
||
or <option>ipv6</option> otherwise.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies how IPv6 link-local address is generated. Takes one of
|
||
<literal>eui64</literal>, <literal>none</literal>, <literal>stable-privacy</literal> and
|
||
<literal>random</literal>. When unset, <literal>stable-privacy</literal> is used if
|
||
<varname>IPv6StableSecretAddress=</varname> is specified, and if not,
|
||
<literal>eui64</literal> is used. Note that if <varname>LinkLocalAddressing=</varname> is
|
||
<literal>no</literal> or <literal>ipv4</literal>, then
|
||
<varname>IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode=</varname> will be ignored. Also, even if
|
||
<varname>LinkLocalAddressing=</varname> is <literal>yes</literal> or <literal>ipv6</literal>,
|
||
setting <varname>IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode=none</varname>
|
||
disables to configure an IPv6 link-local address.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>IPv6StableSecretAddress=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes an IPv6 address. The specified address will be used as a stable secret for
|
||
generating IPv6 link-local address. If this setting is specified, and
|
||
<varname>IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode=</varname> is unset, then
|
||
<varname>IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode=stable-privacy</varname> is implied.
|
||
If this setting is not specified, and <literal>stable-privacy</literal> is set to
|
||
<varname>IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode=</varname>,
|
||
then a stable secret address will be generated from the local machine ID and the interface
|
||
name.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>IPv4LLStartAddress=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the first IPv4 link-local address to try. Takes an IPv4 address for example
|
||
169.254.1.2, from the link-local address range: 169.254.0.0/16 except for 169.254.0.0/24 and
|
||
169.254.255.0/24. This setting may be useful if the device should always have the same address
|
||
as long as there is no address conflict. When unset, a random address will be automatically
|
||
selected. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>IPv4LLRoute=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, sets up the route needed for non-IPv4LL hosts to
|
||
communicate with IPv4LL-only hosts. Defaults to false.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>DefaultRouteOnDevice=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, sets up the IPv4 default route bound to the interface.
|
||
Defaults to false. This is useful when creating routes on point-to-point interfaces. This is
|
||
equivalent to e.g. the following,
|
||
<programlisting>ip route add default dev veth99</programlisting>
|
||
or,
|
||
<programlisting>[Route]
|
||
Gateway=0.0.0.0</programlisting></para>
|
||
<para>Currently, there are no way to specify e.g., the table for the route configured by this
|
||
setting. To configure the default route with such an additional property, please use the
|
||
following instead:
|
||
<programlisting>[Route]
|
||
Gateway=0.0.0.0
|
||
Table=1234</programlisting></para>
|
||
<para>If you'd like to create an IPv6 default route bound to the interface, please use the
|
||
following:
|
||
<programlisting>[Route]
|
||
Gateway=::
|
||
Table=1234</programlisting></para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>LLMNR=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean or <literal>resolve</literal>. When true, enables
|
||
<ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4795">Link-Local Multicast Name Resolution</ulink>
|
||
on the link. When set to <literal>resolve</literal>, only resolution is enabled, but not host
|
||
registration and announcement. Defaults to true. This setting is read by
|
||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-resolved.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>MulticastDNS=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean or <literal>resolve</literal>. When true, enables
|
||
<ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6762">Multicast DNS</ulink> support on the link.
|
||
When set to <literal>resolve</literal>, only resolution is enabled, but not host or service
|
||
registration and announcement. Defaults to false. This setting is read by
|
||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-resolved.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v229"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>DNSOverTLS=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean or <literal>opportunistic</literal>. When true, enables
|
||
<ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7858">DNS-over-TLS</ulink> support on the link.
|
||
When set to <literal>opportunistic</literal>, compatibility with non-DNS-over-TLS servers is
|
||
increased, by automatically turning off DNS-over-TLS servers in this case. This option
|
||
defines a per-interface setting for
|
||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>resolved.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>'s
|
||
global <varname>DNSOverTLS=</varname> option. Defaults to unset, and the global setting will
|
||
be used. This setting is read by
|
||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-resolved.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>DNSSEC=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean or <literal>allow-downgrade</literal>. When true, enables
|
||
<ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4033">DNSSEC</ulink> DNS validation support on the
|
||
link. When set to <literal>allow-downgrade</literal>, compatibility with non-DNSSEC capable
|
||
networks is increased, by automatically turning off DNSSEC in this case. This option defines
|
||
a per-interface setting for
|
||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>resolved.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>'s
|
||
global <varname>DNSSEC=</varname> option. Defaults to unset, and the global setting will be
|
||
used. This setting is read by
|
||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-resolved.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v229"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>DNSSECNegativeTrustAnchors=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>A space-separated list of DNSSEC negative trust anchor domains. If specified and DNSSEC
|
||
is enabled, look-ups done via the interface's DNS server will be subject to the list of
|
||
negative trust anchors, and not require authentication for the specified domains, or anything
|
||
below it. Use this to disable DNSSEC authentication for specific private domains, that cannot
|
||
be proven valid using the Internet DNS hierarchy. Defaults to the empty list. This setting is
|
||
read by
|
||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-resolved.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v229"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>LLDP=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Controls support for Ethernet LLDP packet reception. LLDP is a link-layer protocol
|
||
commonly implemented on professional routers and bridges which announces which physical port
|
||
a system is connected to, as well as other related data. Accepts a boolean or the special
|
||
value <literal>routers-only</literal>. When true, incoming LLDP packets are accepted and a
|
||
database of all LLDP neighbors maintained. If <literal>routers-only</literal> is set only
|
||
LLDP data of various types of routers is collected and LLDP data about other types of devices
|
||
ignored (such as stations, telephones and others). If false, LLDP reception is disabled.
|
||
Defaults to <literal>routers-only</literal>. Use
|
||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
|
||
to query the collected neighbor data. LLDP is only available on Ethernet links. See
|
||
<varname>EmitLLDP=</varname> below for enabling LLDP packet emission from the local system.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>EmitLLDP=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Controls support for Ethernet LLDP packet emission. Accepts a boolean parameter or the
|
||
special values <literal>nearest-bridge</literal>, <literal>non-tpmr-bridge</literal> and
|
||
<literal>customer-bridge</literal>. Defaults to false, which turns off LLDP packet emission.
|
||
If not false, a short LLDP packet with information about the local system is sent out in
|
||
regular intervals on the link. The LLDP packet will contain information about the local
|
||
hostname, the local machine ID (as stored in
|
||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>machine-id</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>)
|
||
and the local interface name, as well as the pretty hostname of the system (as set in
|
||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>machine-info</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>).
|
||
LLDP emission is only available on Ethernet links. Note that this setting passes data
|
||
suitable for identification of host to the network and should thus not be enabled on
|
||
untrusted networks, where such identification data should not be made available. Use this
|
||
option to permit other systems to identify on which interfaces they are connected to this
|
||
system. The three special values control propagation of the LLDP packets. The
|
||
<literal>nearest-bridge</literal> setting permits propagation only to the nearest connected
|
||
bridge, <literal>non-tpmr-bridge</literal> permits propagation across Two-Port MAC Relays,
|
||
but not any other bridges, and <literal>customer-bridge</literal> permits propagation until
|
||
a customer bridge is reached. For details about these concepts, see
|
||
<ulink url="https://standards.ieee.org/findstds/standard/802.1AB-2016.html">IEEE 802.1AB-2016</ulink>.
|
||
Note that configuring this setting to true is equivalent to
|
||
<literal>nearest-bridge</literal>, the recommended and most restricted level of propagation.
|
||
See <varname>LLDP=</varname> above for an option to enable LLDP reception.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v230"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>BindCarrier=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>A link name or a list of link names. When set, controls the behavior of the current
|
||
link. When all links in the list are in an operational down state, the current link is
|
||
brought down. When at least one link has carrier, the current interface is brought up.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>This forces <varname>ActivationPolicy=</varname> to be set to <literal>bound</literal>.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v220"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Address=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>A static IPv4 or IPv6 address and its prefix length, separated by a
|
||
<literal>/</literal> character. Specify this key more than once to configure several
|
||
addresses. The format of the address must be as described in
|
||
<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>inet_pton</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
||
This is a short-hand for an [Address] section only containing an Address key (see below).
|
||
This option may be specified more than once.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>If the specified address is <literal>0.0.0.0</literal> (for IPv4) or
|
||
<literal>::</literal> (for IPv6), a new address range of the requested size is automatically
|
||
allocated from a system-wide pool of unused ranges. Note that the prefix length must be equal
|
||
or larger than 8 for IPv4, and 64 for IPv6. The allocated range is checked against all
|
||
current network interfaces and all known network configuration files to avoid address range
|
||
conflicts. The default system-wide pool consists of 192.168.0.0/16, 172.16.0.0/12 and
|
||
10.0.0.0/8 for IPv4, and fd00::/8 for IPv6. This functionality is useful to manage a large
|
||
number of dynamically created network interfaces with the same network configuration and
|
||
automatic address range assignment.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>If an empty string is specified, then the all previous assignments in both [Network] and
|
||
[Address] sections are cleared.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Gateway=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>The gateway address, which must be in the format described in
|
||
<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>inet_pton</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
||
This is a short-hand for a [Route] section only containing a <varname>Gateway=</varname> key.
|
||
This option may be specified more than once.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>DNS=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>A DNS server address, which must be in the format described in
|
||
<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>inet_pton</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
||
This option may be specified more than once. Each address can optionally take a port number
|
||
separated with <literal>:</literal>, a network interface name or index separated with
|
||
<literal>%</literal>, and a Server Name Indication (SNI) separated with <literal>#</literal>.
|
||
When IPv6 address is specified with a port number, then the address must be in the square
|
||
brackets. That is, the acceptable full formats are
|
||
<literal>111.222.333.444:9953%ifname#example.com</literal> for IPv4 and
|
||
<literal>[1111:2222::3333]:9953%ifname#example.com</literal> for IPv6. If an empty string is
|
||
assigned, then the all previous assignments are cleared. This setting is read by
|
||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-resolved.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Domains=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>A whitespace-separated list of domains which should be resolved using the DNS servers
|
||
on this link. Each item in the list should be a domain name, optionally prefixed with a tilde
|
||
(<literal>~</literal>). The domains with the prefix are called "routing-only domains". The
|
||
domains without the prefix are called "search domains" and are first used as search suffixes
|
||
for extending single-label hostnames (hostnames containing no dots) to become fully qualified
|
||
domain names (FQDNs). If a single-label hostname is resolved on this interface, each of the
|
||
specified search domains are appended to it in turn, converting it into a fully qualified
|
||
domain name, until one of them may be successfully resolved.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>Both "search" and "routing-only" domains are used for routing of DNS queries: look-ups
|
||
for hostnames ending in those domains (hence also single label names, if any "search domains"
|
||
are listed), are routed to the DNS servers configured for this interface. The domain routing
|
||
logic is particularly useful on multi-homed hosts with DNS servers serving particular private
|
||
DNS zones on each interface.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>The "routing-only" domain <literal>~.</literal> (the tilde indicating definition of a
|
||
routing domain, the dot referring to the DNS root domain which is the implied suffix of all
|
||
valid DNS names) has special effect. It causes all DNS traffic which does not match another
|
||
configured domain routing entry to be routed to DNS servers specified for this interface.
|
||
This setting is useful to prefer a certain set of DNS servers if a link on which they are
|
||
connected is available.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>This setting is read by
|
||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-resolved.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
||
"Search domains" correspond to the <varname>domain</varname> and <varname>search</varname>
|
||
entries in
|
||
<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>resolv.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
||
Domain name routing has no equivalent in the traditional glibc API, which has no concept of
|
||
domain name servers limited to a specific link.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>DNSDefaultRoute=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean argument. If true, this link's configured DNS servers are used for
|
||
resolving domain names that do not match any link's configured <varname>Domains=</varname>
|
||
setting. If false, this link's configured DNS servers are never used for such domains, and
|
||
are exclusively used for resolving names that match at least one of the domains configured on
|
||
this link. If not specified defaults to an automatic mode: queries not matching any link's
|
||
configured domains will be routed to this link if it has no routing-only domains configured.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>NTP=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>An NTP server address (either an IP address, or a hostname). This option may be
|
||
specified more than once. This setting is read by
|
||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-timesyncd.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>IPv4Forwarding=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Configures IPv4 packet forwarding for the interface. Takes a boolean value. This controls the
|
||
<filename>net.ipv4.conf.<replaceable>INTERFACE</replaceable>.forwarding</filename> sysctl option of
|
||
the network interface. See
|
||
<ulink url="https://docs.kernel.org/networking/ip-sysctl.html">IP Sysctl</ulink>
|
||
for more details about the sysctl option. Defaults to true if <varname>IPMasquerade=</varname> is
|
||
enabled for IPv4, otherwise the value specified to the same setting in
|
||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
|
||
will be used. If none of them are specified, the sysctl option will not be changed.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>To control the global setting, use the same setting in
|
||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v256"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>IPv6Forwarding=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Configures IPv6 packet forwarding for the interface. Takes a boolean value. This controls the
|
||
<filename>net.ipv6.conf.<replaceable>INTERFACE</replaceable>.forwarding</filename> sysctl option of
|
||
the network interface. See
|
||
<ulink url="https://docs.kernel.org/networking/ip-sysctl.html">IP Sysctl</ulink>
|
||
for more details about the sysctl option. Defaults to true if <varname>IPMasquerade=</varname> is
|
||
enabled for IPv6 or <varname>IPv6SendRA=</varname> is enabled, otherwise the value specified to the
|
||
same setting in
|
||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
|
||
will be used. If none of them are specified, the sysctl option will not be changed.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>To control the global setting, use the same setting in
|
||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v256"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>IPMasquerade=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Configures IP masquerading for the network interface. If enabled, packets forwarded
|
||
from the network interface will be appear as coming from the local host. Takes one of
|
||
<literal>ipv4</literal>, <literal>ipv6</literal>, <literal>both</literal>, or
|
||
<literal>no</literal>. Defaults to <literal>no</literal>.</para>
|
||
<para>Note. Any positive boolean values such as <literal>yes</literal> or
|
||
<literal>true</literal> are now deprecated. Please use one of the values above.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>IPv6PrivacyExtensions=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Configures use of stateless temporary addresses that change over time (see
|
||
<ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4941">RFC 4941</ulink>,
|
||
Privacy Extensions for Stateless Address Autoconfiguration in IPv6). Takes a boolean or the
|
||
special values <literal>prefer-public</literal> and <literal>kernel</literal>. When true,
|
||
enables the privacy extensions and prefers temporary addresses over public addresses. When
|
||
<literal>prefer-public</literal>, enables the privacy extensions, but prefers public
|
||
addresses over temporary addresses. When false, the privacy extensions remain disabled. When
|
||
<literal>kernel</literal>, the kernel's default setting will be left in place. When unspecified,
|
||
the value specified in the same setting in
|
||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
|
||
which defaults to <literal>no</literal>, will be used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v222"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>IPv6AcceptRA=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. Controls IPv6 Router Advertisement (RA) reception support for the
|
||
interface. If true, RAs are accepted; if false, RAs are ignored. When RAs are accepted, they
|
||
may trigger the start of the DHCPv6 client if the relevant flags are set in the RA data, or
|
||
if no routers are found on the link. The default is to disable RA reception for bridge
|
||
devices or when IP forwarding is enabled, and to enable it otherwise. Cannot be enabled on
|
||
devices aggregated in a bond device or when link-local addressing is disabled.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>Further settings for the IPv6 RA support may be configured in the [IPv6AcceptRA]
|
||
section, see below.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>Also see
|
||
<ulink url="https://docs.kernel.org/networking/ip-sysctl.html">IP Sysctl</ulink>
|
||
in the kernel documentation regarding <literal>accept_ra</literal>, but note that systemd's
|
||
setting of <constant>1</constant> (i.e. true) corresponds to kernel's setting of
|
||
<constant>2</constant>.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>Note that kernel's implementation of the IPv6 RA protocol is always disabled,
|
||
regardless of this setting. If this option is enabled, a userspace implementation of the IPv6
|
||
RA protocol is used, and the kernel's own implementation remains disabled, since
|
||
<command>systemd-networkd</command> needs to know all details supplied in the advertisements,
|
||
and these are not available from the kernel if the kernel's own implementation is used.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v231"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>IPv6DuplicateAddressDetection=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Configures the amount of IPv6 Duplicate Address Detection (DAD) probes to send. When
|
||
unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v228"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>IPv6HopLimit=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Configures IPv6 Hop Limit. Takes an integer in the range 1…255. For each router that
|
||
forwards the packet, the hop limit is decremented by 1. When the hop limit field reaches zero, the
|
||
packet is discarded. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v228"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>IPv6RetransmissionTimeSec=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Configures IPv6 Retransmission Time. The time between retransmitted Neighbor
|
||
Solicitation messages. Used by address resolution and the Neighbor Unreachability
|
||
Detection algorithm. A value of zero is ignored and the kernel's current value
|
||
will be used. Defaults to unset, and the kernel's current value will be used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v256"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>IPv4ReversePathFilter=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Configure IPv4 Reverse Path Filtering. If enabled, when an IPv4 packet is received, the machine will first check
|
||
whether the <emphasis>source</emphasis> of the packet would be routed through the interface it came in. If there is no
|
||
route to the source on that interface, the machine will drop the packet. Takes one of
|
||
<literal>no</literal>, <literal>strict</literal>, or <literal>loose</literal>. When <literal>no</literal>,
|
||
no source validation will be done. When <literal>strict</literal>, mode each incoming packet is tested against the FIB and
|
||
if the incoming interface is not the best reverse path, the packet check will fail. By default failed packets are discarded.
|
||
When <literal>loose</literal>, mode each incoming packet's source address is tested against the FIB. The packet is dropped
|
||
only if the source address is not reachable via any interface on that router.
|
||
See <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1027">RFC 3704</ulink>.
|
||
When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>IPv4AcceptLocal=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. Accept packets with local source addresses. In combination with
|
||
suitable routing, this can be used to direct packets between two local interfaces over the
|
||
wire and have them accepted properly. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>IPv4RouteLocalnet=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. When true, the kernel does not consider loopback addresses as martian
|
||
source or destination while routing. This enables the use of 127.0.0.0/8 for local routing
|
||
purposes. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>IPv4ProxyARP=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. Configures proxy ARP for IPv4. Proxy ARP is the technique in which one
|
||
host, usually a router, answers ARP requests intended for another machine. By "faking" its
|
||
identity, the router accepts responsibility for routing packets to the "real" destination.
|
||
See <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1027">RFC 1027</ulink>. When unset, the
|
||
kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>IPv4ProxyARPPrivateVLAN=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. Configures proxy ARP private VLAN for IPv4, also known as VLAN aggregation,
|
||
private VLAN, source-port filtering, port-isolation, or MAC-forced forwarding.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>This variant of the ARP proxy technique will allow the ARP proxy to reply back to the same
|
||
interface.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>See <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3069">RFC 3069</ulink>. When unset,
|
||
the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v256"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>IPv6ProxyNDP=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. Configures proxy NDP for IPv6. Proxy NDP (Neighbor Discovery Protocol)
|
||
is a technique for IPv6 to allow routing of addresses to a different destination when peers
|
||
expect them to be present on a certain physical link. In this case a router answers Neighbour
|
||
Advertisement messages intended for another machine by offering its own MAC address as
|
||
destination. Unlike proxy ARP for IPv4, it is not enabled globally, but will only send
|
||
Neighbour Advertisement messages for addresses in the IPv6 neighbor proxy table, which can
|
||
also be shown by <command>ip -6 neighbour show proxy</command>. systemd-networkd will control
|
||
the per-interface `proxy_ndp` switch for each configured interface depending on this option.
|
||
When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>IPv6ProxyNDPAddress=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>An IPv6 address, for which Neighbour Advertisement messages will be proxied. This
|
||
option may be specified more than once. systemd-networkd will add the
|
||
<varname>IPv6ProxyNDPAddress=</varname> entries to the kernel's IPv6 neighbor proxy table.
|
||
This setting implies <varname>IPv6ProxyNDP=yes</varname> but has no effect if
|
||
<varname>IPv6ProxyNDP=</varname> has been set to false. When unset, the kernel's default will
|
||
be used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>IPv6SendRA=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Whether to enable or disable Router Advertisement sending on a link. Takes a boolean
|
||
value. When enabled, prefixes configured in [IPv6Prefix] sections and routes configured in
|
||
the [IPv6RoutePrefix] sections are distributed as defined in the [IPv6SendRA] section. If
|
||
<varname>DHCPPrefixDelegation=</varname> is enabled, then the delegated prefixes are also
|
||
distributed. See <varname>DHCPPrefixDelegation=</varname> setting and the [IPv6SendRA],
|
||
[IPv6Prefix], [IPv6RoutePrefix], and [DHCPPrefixDelegation] sections for more configuration
|
||
options.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>DHCPPrefixDelegation=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean value. When enabled, requests subnet prefixes on another link via the DHCPv6
|
||
protocol or via the 6RD option in the DHCPv4 protocol. An address within each delegated prefix will
|
||
be assigned, and the prefixes will be announced through IPv6 Router Advertisement if
|
||
<varname>IPv6SendRA=</varname> is enabled. This behaviour can be configured in the
|
||
[DHCPPrefixDelegation] section. Defaults to disabled.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>IPv6MTUBytes=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Configures IPv6 maximum transmission unit (MTU). An integer greater than or equal to
|
||
1280 bytes. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>KeepMaster=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean value. When enabled, the current master interface index will not be
|
||
changed, and <varname>BatmanAdvanced=</varname>, <varname>Bond=</varname>,
|
||
<varname>Bridge=</varname>, and <varname>VRF=</varname> settings are ignored. This may be
|
||
useful when a netdev with a master interface is created by another program, e.g.
|
||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-nspawn</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
||
Defaults to false.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>BatmanAdvanced=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>Bond=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>Bridge=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>VRF=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>The name of the B.A.T.M.A.N. Advanced, bond, bridge, or VRF interface to add the link
|
||
to. See
|
||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.netdev</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>IPoIB=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>IPVLAN=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>IPVTAP=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>MACsec=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>MACVLAN=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>MACVTAP=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>Tunnel=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>VLAN=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>VXLAN=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>Xfrm=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>The name of an IPoIB, IPVLAN, IPVTAP, MACsec, MACVLAN, MACVTAP, tunnel, VLAN,
|
||
VXLAN, or Xfrm to be created on the link. See
|
||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.netdev</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
||
This option may be specified more than once.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>ActiveSlave=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. Specifies the new active slave. The <literal>ActiveSlave=</literal>
|
||
option is only valid for following modes: <literal>active-backup</literal>,
|
||
<literal>balance-alb</literal>, and <literal>balance-tlb</literal>. Defaults to false.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>PrimarySlave=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. Specifies which slave is the primary device. The specified device will
|
||
always be the active slave while it is available. Only when the primary is off-line will
|
||
alternate devices be used. This is useful when one slave is preferred over another, e.g.
|
||
when one slave has higher throughput than another. The <literal>PrimarySlave=</literal>
|
||
option is only valid for following modes: <literal>active-backup</literal>,
|
||
<literal>balance-alb</literal>, and <literal>balance-tlb</literal>. Defaults to false.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>ConfigureWithoutCarrier=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. Allows networkd to configure a specific link even if it has no
|
||
carrier. Defaults to false. If enabled, and the <varname>IgnoreCarrierLoss=</varname> setting
|
||
is not explicitly set, then it is enabled as well.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>IgnoreCarrierLoss=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean or a timespan. When true, <command>systemd-networkd</command> retains
|
||
both the static and dynamic configuration of the interface even if its carrier is lost. When
|
||
false, <command>systemd-networkd</command> drops both the static and dynamic configuration of
|
||
the interface. When a timespan is specified, <command>systemd-networkd</command> waits for
|
||
the specified timespan, and ignores the carrier loss if the link regain its carrier within
|
||
the timespan. Setting 0 seconds is equivalent to <literal>no</literal>, and
|
||
<literal>infinite</literal> is equivalent to <literal>yes</literal>.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>Setting a finite timespan may be useful when e.g. in the following cases:
|
||
<itemizedlist>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>A wireless interface connecting to a network which has multiple access points with
|
||
the same SSID.</para>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Enslaving a wireless interface to a bond interface, which may disconnect from the
|
||
connected access point and causes its carrier to be lost.</para>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>The driver of the interface resets when the MTU is changed.</para>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</itemizedlist>
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>When <varname>Bond=</varname> is specified to a wireless interface, defaults to 3
|
||
seconds. When the DHCPv4 client is enabled and <varname>UseMTU=</varname> in the [DHCPv4]
|
||
section enabled, defaults to 5 seconds. Otherwise, defaults to the value specified with
|
||
<varname>ConfigureWithoutCarrier=</varname>. When <varname>ActivationPolicy=</varname> is set
|
||
to <literal>always-up</literal>, this is forced to <literal>yes</literal>, and ignored any
|
||
user specified values.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>KeepConfiguration=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean or one of <literal>static</literal>, <literal>dhcp-on-stop</literal>,
|
||
<literal>dhcp</literal>. When <literal>static</literal>, <command>systemd-networkd</command>
|
||
will not drop static addresses and routes on starting up process. When set to
|
||
<literal>dhcp-on-stop</literal>, <command>systemd-networkd</command> will not drop addresses
|
||
and routes on stopping the daemon. When <literal>dhcp</literal>,
|
||
the addresses and routes provided by a DHCP server will never be dropped even if the DHCP
|
||
lease expires. This is contrary to the DHCP specification, but may be the best choice if,
|
||
e.g., the root filesystem relies on this connection. The setting <literal>dhcp</literal>
|
||
implies <literal>dhcp-on-stop</literal>, and <literal>yes</literal> implies
|
||
<literal>dhcp</literal> and <literal>static</literal>. Defaults to
|
||
<literal>dhcp-on-stop</literal> when <command>systemd-networkd</command> is running in
|
||
initrd, <literal>yes</literal> when the root filesystem is a network filesystem, and
|
||
<literal>no</literal> otherwise.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[Address] Section Options</title>
|
||
|
||
<para>An [Address] section accepts the following keys. Specify several [Address] sections to
|
||
configure several addresses.</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Address=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>As in the [Network] section. This setting is mandatory. Each [Address] section can
|
||
contain one <varname>Address=</varname> setting.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Peer=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>The peer address in a point-to-point connection. Accepts the same format as the
|
||
<varname>Address=</varname> setting.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Broadcast=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes an IPv4 address or boolean value. The address must be in the format described in
|
||
<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>inet_pton</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
||
If set to true, then the IPv4 broadcast address will be derived from the
|
||
<varname>Address=</varname> setting. If set to false, then the broadcast address will not be
|
||
set. Defaults to true, except for wireguard interfaces, where it default to false.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Label=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the label for the IPv4 address. The label must be a 7-bit ASCII string with
|
||
a length of 1…15 characters. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>PreferredLifetime=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Allows the default "preferred lifetime" of the address to be overridden. Only three
|
||
settings are accepted: <literal>forever</literal>, <literal>infinity</literal>, which is the
|
||
default and means that the address never expires, and <literal>0</literal>, which means that
|
||
the address is considered immediately "expired" and will not be used, unless explicitly
|
||
requested. A setting of <option>PreferredLifetime=0</option> is useful for addresses which
|
||
are added to be used only by a specific application, which is then configured to use them
|
||
explicitly.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v230"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Scope=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>The scope of the address, which can be <literal>global</literal> (valid everywhere on
|
||
the network, even through a gateway), <literal>link</literal> (only valid on this device,
|
||
will not traverse a gateway) or <literal>host</literal> (only valid within the device itself,
|
||
e.g. 127.0.0.1) or an integer in the range 0…255. Defaults to <literal>global</literal>.
|
||
IPv4 only - IPv6 scope is automatically assigned by the kernel and cannot be set manually.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>RouteMetric=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>The metric of the prefix route, which is pointing to the subnet of the configured IP
|
||
address, taking the configured prefix length into account. Takes an unsigned integer in the
|
||
range 0…4294967295. When unset or set to 0, the kernel's default value is used. This
|
||
setting will be ignored when <varname>AddPrefixRoute=</varname> is false.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>HomeAddress=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. Designates this address the "home address" as defined in
|
||
<ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6275">RFC 6275</ulink>. Supported only on IPv6.
|
||
Defaults to false.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>DuplicateAddressDetection=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes one of <literal>ipv4</literal>, <literal>ipv6</literal>, <literal>both</literal>,
|
||
or <literal>none</literal>. When <literal>ipv4</literal>, performs IPv4 Address Conflict
|
||
Detection. See <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5227">RFC 5227</ulink>.
|
||
When <literal>ipv6</literal>, performs IPv6 Duplicate Address Detection. See
|
||
<ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4862">RFC 4862</ulink>. Defaults to
|
||
<literal>ipv4</literal> for IPv4 link-local addresses, <literal>ipv6</literal> for IPv6
|
||
addresses, and <literal>none</literal> otherwise.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>ManageTemporaryAddress=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. If true the kernel manage temporary addresses created from this one as
|
||
template on behalf of Privacy Extensions
|
||
<ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3041">RFC 3041</ulink>. For this to become active,
|
||
the use_tempaddr sysctl setting has to be set to a value greater than zero. The given address
|
||
needs to have a prefix length of 64. This flag allows using privacy extensions in a manually
|
||
configured network, just like if stateless auto-configuration was active. Defaults to false.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>AddPrefixRoute=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. When true, the prefix route for the address is automatically added.
|
||
Defaults to true.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>AutoJoin=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. Joining multicast group on ethernet level via
|
||
<command>ip maddr</command> command would not work if we have an Ethernet switch that does
|
||
IGMP snooping since the switch would not replicate multicast packets on ports that did not
|
||
have IGMP reports for the multicast addresses. Linux vxlan interfaces created via
|
||
<command>ip link add vxlan</command> or networkd's netdev kind vxlan have the group option
|
||
that enables them to do the required join. By extending <command>ip address</command> command
|
||
with option <literal>autojoin</literal> we can get similar functionality for openvswitch (OVS)
|
||
vxlan interfaces as well as other tunneling mechanisms that need to receive multicast traffic.
|
||
Defaults to <literal>no</literal>.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>NetLabel=</varname><replaceable>label</replaceable></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
|
||
<para>This setting provides a method for integrating static and dynamic network configuration into
|
||
Linux <ulink url="https://docs.kernel.org/netlabel/index.html">NetLabel</ulink> subsystem rules,
|
||
used by <ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Linux_Security_Modules">Linux Security Modules
|
||
(LSMs)</ulink> for network access control. The label, with suitable LSM rules, can be used to
|
||
control connectivity of (for example) a service with peers in the local network. At least with
|
||
SELinux, only the ingress can be controlled but not egress. The benefit of using this setting is
|
||
that it may be possible to apply interface independent part of NetLabel configuration at very early
|
||
stage of system boot sequence, at the time when the network interfaces are not available yet, with
|
||
<citerefentry
|
||
project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>netlabelctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
|
||
and the per-interface configuration with <command>systemd-networkd</command> once the interfaces
|
||
appear later. Currently this feature is only implemented for SELinux.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>The option expects a single NetLabel label. The label must conform to lexical restrictions of
|
||
LSM labels. When an interface is configured with IP addresses, the addresses and subnetwork masks
|
||
will be appended to the <ulink
|
||
url="https://github.com/SELinuxProject/selinux-notebook/blob/main/src/network_support.md">NetLabel
|
||
Fallback Peer Labeling</ulink> rules. They will be removed when the interface is
|
||
deconfigured. Failures to manage the labels will be ignored.</para>
|
||
|
||
<warning>
|
||
<para>Once labeling is enabled for network traffic, a lot of LSM access control points in
|
||
Linux networking stack go from dormant to active. Care should be taken to avoid getting into a
|
||
situation where for example remote connectivity is broken, when the security policy hasn't been
|
||
updated to consider LSM per-packet access controls and no rules would allow any network
|
||
traffic. Also note that additional configuration with <citerefentry
|
||
project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>netlabelctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>
|
||
is needed.</para>
|
||
</warning>
|
||
|
||
<para>Example:
|
||
<programlisting>[Address]
|
||
NetLabel=system_u:object_r:localnet_peer_t:s0</programlisting>
|
||
|
||
With the example rules applying for interface <literal>eth0</literal>, when the interface is
|
||
configured with an IPv4 address of 10.0.0.123/8, <command>systemd-networkd</command> performs the
|
||
equivalent of <command>netlabelctl</command> operation
|
||
|
||
<programlisting>netlabelctl unlbl add interface eth0 address:10.0.0.0/8 label:system_u:object_r:localnet_peer_t:s0</programlisting>
|
||
|
||
and the reverse operation when the IPv4 address is deconfigured. The configuration can be used with
|
||
LSM rules; in case of SELinux to allow a SELinux domain to receive data from objects of SELinux
|
||
<literal>peer</literal> class. For example:
|
||
|
||
<programlisting>type localnet_peer_t;
|
||
allow my_server_t localnet_peer_t:peer recv;</programlisting>
|
||
|
||
The effect of the above configuration and rules (in absence of other rules as may be the case) is
|
||
to only allow <literal>my_server_t</literal> (and nothing else) to receive data from local subnet
|
||
10.0.0.0/8 of interface <literal>eth0</literal>.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>NFTSet=</varname><replaceable>source</replaceable>:<replaceable>family</replaceable>:<replaceable>table</replaceable>:<replaceable>set</replaceable></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>This setting provides a method for integrating network configuration into firewall rules with
|
||
<ulink url="https://netfilter.org/projects/nftables/index.html">NFT</ulink> sets. The benefit of
|
||
using the setting is that static network configuration (or dynamically obtained network addresses,
|
||
see similar directives in other sections) can be used in firewall rules with the indirection of NFT
|
||
set types. For example, access could be granted for hosts in the local subnetwork only. Firewall
|
||
rules using IP address of an interface are also instantly updated when the network configuration
|
||
changes, for example via DHCP.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>This option expects a whitespace separated list of NFT set definitions. Each definition
|
||
consists of a colon-separated tuple of source type (one of <literal>address</literal>,
|
||
<literal>prefix</literal> or <literal>ifindex</literal>), NFT address family (one of
|
||
<literal>arp</literal>, <literal>bridge</literal>, <literal>inet</literal>, <literal>ip</literal>,
|
||
<literal>ip6</literal>, or <literal>netdev</literal>), table name and set name. The names of tables
|
||
and sets must conform to lexical restrictions of NFT table names. The type of the element used in
|
||
the NFT filter must match the type implied by the directive (<literal>address</literal>,
|
||
<literal>prefix</literal> or <literal>ifindex</literal>) and address type (IPv4 or IPv6) as shown
|
||
in the table below.</para>
|
||
|
||
<table>
|
||
<title>Defined <varname>source type</varname> values</title>
|
||
<tgroup cols='3'>
|
||
<colspec colname='source type'/>
|
||
<colspec colname='description'/>
|
||
<colspec colname='NFT type name'/>
|
||
<thead>
|
||
<row>
|
||
<entry>Source type</entry>
|
||
<entry>Description</entry>
|
||
<entry>Corresponding NFT type name</entry>
|
||
</row>
|
||
</thead>
|
||
|
||
<tbody>
|
||
<row>
|
||
<entry><literal>address</literal></entry>
|
||
<entry>host IP address</entry>
|
||
<entry><literal>ipv4_addr</literal> or <literal>ipv6_addr</literal></entry>
|
||
</row>
|
||
<row>
|
||
<entry><literal>prefix</literal></entry>
|
||
<entry>network prefix</entry>
|
||
<entry><literal>ipv4_addr</literal> or <literal>ipv6_addr</literal>, with <literal>flags interval</literal></entry>
|
||
</row>
|
||
<row>
|
||
<entry><literal>ifindex</literal></entry>
|
||
<entry>interface index</entry>
|
||
<entry><literal>iface_index</literal></entry>
|
||
</row>
|
||
</tbody>
|
||
</tgroup>
|
||
</table>
|
||
|
||
<para>When an interface is configured with IP addresses, the addresses, subnetwork masks or
|
||
interface index will be appended to the NFT sets. The information will be removed when the
|
||
interface is deconfigured. <command>systemd-networkd</command> only inserts elements to (or removes
|
||
from) the sets, so the related NFT rules, tables and sets must be prepared elsewhere in
|
||
advance. Failures to manage the sets will be ignored.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>Example:
|
||
<programlisting>[Address]
|
||
NFTSet=prefix:netdev:filter:eth_ipv4_prefix</programlisting>
|
||
Corresponding NFT rules:
|
||
<programlisting>table netdev filter {
|
||
set eth_ipv4_prefix {
|
||
type ipv4_addr
|
||
flags interval
|
||
}
|
||
chain eth_ingress {
|
||
type filter hook ingress device "eth0" priority filter; policy drop;
|
||
ip daddr != @eth_ipv4_prefix drop
|
||
accept
|
||
}
|
||
}</programlisting>
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[Neighbor] Section Options</title>
|
||
|
||
<para>A [Neighbor] section accepts the following keys. The neighbor section adds a permanent,
|
||
static entry to the neighbor table (IPv6) or ARP table (IPv4) for the given hardware address on the
|
||
links matched for the network. Specify several [Neighbor] sections to configure several static
|
||
neighbors.</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Address=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>The IP address of the neighbor.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>LinkLayerAddress=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>The link layer address (MAC address or IP address) of the neighbor.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[IPv6AddressLabel] Section Options</title>
|
||
|
||
<para>An [IPv6AddressLabel] section accepts the following keys. Specify several [IPv6AddressLabel]
|
||
sections to configure several address labels. IPv6 address labels are used for address selection.
|
||
See <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3484">RFC 3484</ulink>. Precedence is managed by
|
||
userspace, and only the label itself is stored in the kernel.</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Label=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>The label for the prefix, an unsigned integer in the range 0…4294967294. 0xffffffff is
|
||
reserved. This setting is mandatory.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Prefix=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>IPv6 prefix is an address with a prefix length, separated by a slash
|
||
<literal>/</literal> character. This setting is mandatory. </para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[RoutingPolicyRule] Section Options</title>
|
||
|
||
<para>An [RoutingPolicyRule] section accepts the following settings. Specify several
|
||
[RoutingPolicyRule] sections to configure several rules.</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>TypeOfService=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>
|
||
This specifies the Type of Service (ToS) field of packets to match;
|
||
it takes an unsigned integer in the range 0…255.
|
||
The field can be used to specify precedence (the first 3 bits) and ToS (the next 3 bits).
|
||
The field can be also used to specify Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) (the first 6 bits) and
|
||
Explicit Congestion Notification (ECN) (the last 2 bits).
|
||
See <ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Type_of_service">Type of Service</ulink>
|
||
and <ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Differentiated_services">Differentiated services</ulink>
|
||
for more details.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>From=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the source address prefix to match. Possibly followed by a slash and the
|
||
prefix length.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>To=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the destination address prefix to match. Possibly followed by a slash and the
|
||
prefix length.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>FirewallMark=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the iptables firewall mark value to match (a number in the range
|
||
1…4294967295). Optionally, the firewall mask (also a number between 1…4294967295) can be
|
||
suffixed with a slash (<literal>/</literal>), e.g., <literal>7/255</literal>.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Table=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the routing table identifier to look up if the rule selector matches. Takes
|
||
one of predefined names <literal>default</literal>, <literal>main</literal>, and
|
||
<literal>local</literal>, and names defined in <varname>RouteTable=</varname> in
|
||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
|
||
or a number between 1 and 4294967295. Defaults to <literal>main</literal>.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Priority=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the priority of this rule. <varname>Priority=</varname> is an integer in the
|
||
range 0…4294967295. Higher number means lower priority, and rules get processed in order of
|
||
increasing number. Defaults to unset, and the kernel will pick a value dynamically.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>IncomingInterface=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies incoming device to match. If the interface is loopback, the rule only matches
|
||
packets originating from this host.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>OutgoingInterface=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the outgoing device to match. The outgoing interface is only available for
|
||
packets originating from local sockets that are bound to a device.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v236"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>L3MasterDevice=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>A boolean. Specifies whether the rule is to direct lookups to the tables associated with
|
||
level 3 master devices (also known as Virtual Routing and Forwarding or VRF devices).
|
||
For further details see <ulink url="https://docs.kernel.org/networking/vrf.html">
|
||
Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF)</ulink>. Defaults to false.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v256"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>SourcePort=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the source IP port or IP port range match in forwarding information base
|
||
(FIB) rules. A port range is specified by the lower and upper port separated by a dash.
|
||
Defaults to unset.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>DestinationPort=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the destination IP port or IP port range match in forwarding information base
|
||
(FIB) rules. A port range is specified by the lower and upper port separated by a dash.
|
||
Defaults to unset.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>IPProtocol=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the IP protocol to match in forwarding information base (FIB) rules. Takes IP
|
||
protocol name such as <literal>tcp</literal>, <literal>udp</literal> or
|
||
<literal>sctp</literal>, or IP protocol number such as <literal>6</literal> for
|
||
<literal>tcp</literal> or <literal>17</literal> for <literal>udp</literal>. Defaults to unset.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>InvertRule=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>A boolean. Specifies whether the rule is to be inverted. Defaults to false.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Family=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a special value <literal>ipv4</literal>, <literal>ipv6</literal>, or
|
||
<literal>both</literal>. By default, the address family is determined by the address
|
||
specified in <varname>To=</varname> or <varname>From=</varname>. If neither
|
||
<varname>To=</varname> nor <varname>From=</varname> are specified, then defaults to
|
||
<literal>ipv4</literal>.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>User=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a username, a user ID, or a range of user IDs separated by a dash. Defaults to
|
||
unset.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>SuppressPrefixLength=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a number <replaceable>N</replaceable> in the range 0…128 and rejects routing
|
||
decisions that have a prefix length of <replaceable>N</replaceable> or less. Defaults to
|
||
unset.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>SuppressInterfaceGroup=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes an integer in the range 0…2147483647 and rejects routing decisions that have
|
||
an interface with the same group id. It has the same meaning as
|
||
<option>suppress_ifgroup</option> in <command>ip rule</command>. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Type=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies Routing Policy Database (RPDB) rule type. Takes one of
|
||
<literal>blackhole</literal>, <literal>unreachable</literal> or <literal>prohibit</literal>.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[NextHop] Section Options</title>
|
||
|
||
<para>The [NextHop] section is used to manipulate entries in the kernel's "nexthop" tables. The
|
||
[NextHop] section accepts the following settings. Specify several [NextHop] sections to configure
|
||
several hops.</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Id=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>The id of the next hop. Takes an integer in the range 1…4294967295.
|
||
This is mandatory if <varname>ManageForeignNextHops=no</varname> is specified in
|
||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
||
Otherwise, if unspecified, an unused ID will be automatically picked.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Gateway=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>As in the [Network] section.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Family=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes one of the special values <literal>ipv4</literal> or <literal>ipv6</literal>.
|
||
By default, the family is determined by the address specified in
|
||
<varname>Gateway=</varname>. If <varname>Gateway=</varname> is not specified, then defaults
|
||
to <literal>ipv4</literal>.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>OnLink=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, the kernel does not have to check if the gateway is
|
||
reachable directly by the current machine (i.e., attached to the local network), so that we
|
||
can insert the nexthop in the kernel table without it being complained about. Defaults to
|
||
<literal>no</literal>.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Blackhole=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. If enabled, packets to the corresponding routes are discarded
|
||
silently, and <varname>Gateway=</varname> cannot be specified. Defaults to
|
||
<literal>no</literal>.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Group=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a whitespace separated list of nexthop IDs. Each ID must be in the range
|
||
1…4294967295. Optionally, each nexthop ID can take a weight after a colon
|
||
(<literal><replaceable>id</replaceable><optional>:<replaceable>weight</replaceable></optional></literal>).
|
||
The weight must be in the range 1…255. If the weight is not specified, then it is assumed
|
||
that the weight is 1. This setting cannot be specified with <varname>Gateway=</varname>,
|
||
<varname>Family=</varname>, <varname>Blackhole=</varname>. This setting can be specified
|
||
multiple times. If an empty string is assigned, then the all previous assignments are
|
||
cleared. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[Route] Section Options</title>
|
||
|
||
<para>The [Route] section accepts the following settings. Specify several [Route] sections to
|
||
configure several routes.</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Gateway=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes the gateway address or the special values <literal>_dhcp4</literal> and
|
||
<literal>_ipv6ra</literal>. If <literal>_dhcp4</literal> or <literal>_ipv6ra</literal> is
|
||
set, then the gateway address provided by DHCPv4 or IPv6 RA is used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>GatewayOnLink=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. If set to true, the kernel does not have to check if the gateway is
|
||
reachable directly by the current machine (i.e., attached to the local network), so that we
|
||
can insert the route in the kernel table without it being complained about. Defaults to
|
||
<literal>no</literal>.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Destination=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>The destination prefix of the route. Possibly followed by a slash and the prefix
|
||
length. If omitted, a full-length host route is assumed.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Source=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>The source prefix of the route. Possibly followed by a slash and the prefix length. If
|
||
omitted, a full-length host route is assumed.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v218"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Metric=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>The metric of the route. Takes an unsigned integer in the range 0…4294967295. Defaults
|
||
to unset, and the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>IPv6Preference=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the route preference as defined in
|
||
<ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4191">RFC 4191</ulink> for Router Discovery
|
||
messages. Which can be one of <literal>low</literal> the route has a lowest priority,
|
||
<literal>medium</literal> the route has a default priority or <literal>high</literal> the
|
||
route has a highest priority.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Scope=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>The scope of the IPv4 route, which can be <literal>global</literal>,
|
||
<literal>site</literal>, <literal>link</literal>, <literal>host</literal>, or
|
||
<literal>nowhere</literal>:</para>
|
||
<itemizedlist>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para><literal>global</literal> means the route can reach hosts more than one hop away.
|
||
</para>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para><literal>site</literal> means an interior route in the local autonomous system.
|
||
</para>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para><literal>link</literal> means the route can only reach hosts on the local network
|
||
(one hop away).</para>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para><literal>host</literal> means the route will not leave the local machine (used for
|
||
internal addresses like 127.0.0.1).</para>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para><literal>nowhere</literal> means the destination doesn't exist.</para>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</itemizedlist>
|
||
|
||
<para>For IPv4 route, defaults to <literal>host</literal> if <varname>Type=</varname> is
|
||
<literal>local</literal> or <literal>nat</literal>, and <literal>link</literal> if
|
||
<varname>Type=</varname> is <literal>broadcast</literal>, <literal>multicast</literal>,
|
||
<literal>anycast</literal>, or <literal>unicast</literal>. In other cases,
|
||
defaults to <literal>global</literal>. The value is not used for IPv6.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>PreferredSource=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>The preferred source address of the route. The address must be in the format described
|
||
in
|
||
<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>inet_pton</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v227"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Table=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>The table identifier for the route. Takes one of predefined names
|
||
<literal>default</literal>, <literal>main</literal>, and <literal>local</literal>, and names
|
||
defined in <varname>RouteTable=</varname> in
|
||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
|
||
or a number between 1 and 4294967295. The table can be retrieved using
|
||
<command>ip route show table <replaceable>num</replaceable></command>. If unset and
|
||
<varname>Type=</varname> is <literal>local</literal>, <literal>broadcast</literal>,
|
||
<literal>anycast</literal>, or <literal>nat</literal>, then <literal>local</literal> is used.
|
||
In other cases, defaults to <literal>main</literal>. Ignored if <varname>L3MasterDevice=</varname> is true.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v230"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>HopLimit=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Configures per route hop limit. Takes an integer in the range 1…255. See also
|
||
<varname>IPv6HopLimit=</varname>.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Protocol=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>The protocol identifier for the route. Takes a number between 0 and 255 or the special
|
||
values <literal>kernel</literal>, <literal>boot</literal>, <literal>static</literal>,
|
||
<literal>ra</literal> and <literal>dhcp</literal>. Defaults to <literal>static</literal>.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Type=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the type for the route. Takes one of <literal>unicast</literal>,
|
||
<literal>local</literal>, <literal>broadcast</literal>, <literal>anycast</literal>,
|
||
<literal>multicast</literal>, <literal>blackhole</literal>, <literal>unreachable</literal>,
|
||
<literal>prohibit</literal>, <literal>throw</literal>, <literal>nat</literal>, and
|
||
<literal>xresolve</literal>. If <literal>unicast</literal>, a regular route is defined, i.e.
|
||
a route indicating the path to take to a destination network address. If
|
||
<literal>blackhole</literal>, packets to the defined route are discarded silently. If
|
||
<literal>unreachable</literal>, packets to the defined route are discarded and the ICMP
|
||
message "Host Unreachable" is generated. If <literal>prohibit</literal>, packets to the
|
||
defined route are discarded and the ICMP message "Communication Administratively Prohibited"
|
||
is generated. If <literal>throw</literal>, route lookup in the current routing table will
|
||
fail and the route selection process will return to Routing Policy Database (RPDB). Defaults
|
||
to <literal>unicast</literal>.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>InitialCongestionWindow=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>The TCP initial congestion window is used during the start of a TCP connection.
|
||
During the start of a TCP session, when a client requests a resource, the server's initial
|
||
congestion window determines how many packets will be sent during the initial burst of data
|
||
without waiting for acknowledgement. Takes a number between 1 and 1023. Note that 100 is
|
||
considered an extremely large value for this option. When unset, the kernel's default
|
||
(typically 10) will be used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v237"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>The TCP initial advertised receive window is the amount of receive data (in bytes)
|
||
that can initially be buffered at one time on a connection. The sending host can send only
|
||
that amount of data before waiting for an acknowledgment and window update from the
|
||
receiving host. Takes a number between 1 and 1023. Note that 100 is considered an extremely
|
||
large value for this option. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v237"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>QuickAck=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. When true, the TCP quick ACK mode for the route is enabled. When unset,
|
||
the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v237"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>FastOpenNoCookie=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. When true enables TCP fastopen without a cookie on a per-route basis.
|
||
When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>MTUBytes=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>The maximum transmission unit in bytes to set for the route. The usual suffixes K, M,
|
||
G, are supported and are understood to the base of 1024.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>TCPAdvertisedMaximumSegmentSize=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the Path MSS (in bytes) hints given on TCP layer. The usual suffixes K, M, G,
|
||
are supported and are understood to the base of 1024. An unsigned integer in the range
|
||
1…4294967294. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>TCPCongestionControlAlgorithm=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the TCP congestion control algorithm for the route. Takes a name of the algorithm,
|
||
e.g. <literal>bbr</literal>, <literal>dctcp</literal>, or <literal>vegas</literal>. When unset,
|
||
the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>TCPRetransmissionTimeoutSec=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the TCP Retransmission Timeout (RTO) for the route. Takes time values in seconds.
|
||
This value specifies the timeout of an alive TCP connection, when retransmissions remain
|
||
unacknowledged. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>MultiPathRoute=<replaceable>address</replaceable>[@<replaceable>name</replaceable>] [<replaceable>weight</replaceable>]</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Configures multipath route. Multipath routing is the technique of using multiple
|
||
alternative paths through a network. Takes gateway address. Optionally, takes a network
|
||
interface name or index separated with <literal>@</literal>, and a weight in 1..256 for this
|
||
multipath route separated with whitespace. This setting can be specified multiple times. If
|
||
an empty string is assigned, then the all previous assignments are cleared.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>NextHop=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the nexthop id. Takes an unsigned integer in the range 1…4294967295. If set,
|
||
the corresponding [NextHop] section must be configured. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[DHCPv4] Section Options</title>
|
||
|
||
<para>The [DHCPv4] section configures the DHCPv4 client, if it is enabled with the
|
||
<varname>DHCP=</varname> setting described above:</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
|
||
<!-- DHCP packet contents -->
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>RequestAddress=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes an IPv4 address. When specified, the Requested IP Address option (option code 50) is
|
||
added with it to the initial DHCPDISCOVER message sent by the DHCP client. Defaults to unset, and
|
||
an already assigned dynamic address to the interface is automatically picked.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>SendHostname=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>When true (the default), the machine's hostname (or the value specified with
|
||
<varname>Hostname=</varname>, described below) will be sent to the DHCP server. Note that the
|
||
hostname must consist only of 7-bit ASCII lower-case characters and no spaces or dots, and be
|
||
formatted as a valid DNS domain name. Otherwise, the hostname is not sent even if this option
|
||
is true.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Hostname=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Use this value for the hostname which is sent to the DHCP server, instead of machine's
|
||
hostname. Note that the specified hostname must consist only of 7-bit ASCII lower-case
|
||
characters and no spaces or dots, and be formatted as a valid DNS domain name.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>MUDURL=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>When configured, the specified Manufacturer Usage Description (MUD) URL will be sent
|
||
to the DHCPv4 server. Takes a URL of length up to 255 characters. A superficial verification
|
||
that the string is a valid URL will be performed. DHCPv4 clients are intended to have at most
|
||
one MUD URL associated with them. See
|
||
<ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8520">RFC 8520</ulink>.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>MUD is an embedded software standard defined by the IETF that allows IoT device makers
|
||
to advertise device specifications, including the intended communication patterns for their
|
||
device when it connects to the network. The network can then use this to author a
|
||
context-specific access policy, so the device functions only within those parameters.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>ClientIdentifier=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>The DHCPv4 client identifier to use. Takes one of <option>mac</option> or
|
||
<option>duid</option>. If set to <option>mac</option>, the MAC address of the link is used. If set
|
||
to <option>duid</option>, an RFC4361-compliant Client ID, which is the combination of IAID and
|
||
DUID, is used. IAID can be configured by <varname>IAID=</varname>. DUID can be configured by
|
||
<varname>DUIDType=</varname> and <varname>DUIDRawData=</varname>. Defaults to
|
||
<option>duid</option>.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v220"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>VendorClassIdentifier=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>The vendor class identifier used to identify vendor type and configuration.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>UserClass=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>A DHCPv4 client can use UserClass option to identify the type or category of user or
|
||
applications it represents. The information contained in this option is a string that
|
||
represents the user class of which the client is a member. Each class sets an identifying
|
||
string of information to be used by the DHCP service to classify clients. Takes a
|
||
whitespace-separated list of strings.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>DUIDType=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Override the global <varname>DUIDType=</varname> setting for this network. See
|
||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
|
||
for a description of possible values.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v230"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>DUIDRawData=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Override the global <varname>DUIDRawData=</varname> setting for this network. See
|
||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
|
||
for a description of possible values.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v230"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>IAID=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>The DHCP Identity Association Identifier (IAID) for the interface, a 32-bit unsigned
|
||
integer.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v230"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>RapidCommit=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. The DHCPv4 client can obtain configuration parameters from a DHCPv4 server
|
||
through a rapid two-message exchange (discover and ack). When the rapid commit option is set by
|
||
both the DHCPv4 client and the DHCPv4 server, the two-message exchange is used. Otherwise, the
|
||
four-message exchange (discover, offer, request, and ack) is used. The two-message exchange
|
||
provides faster client configuration. See
|
||
<ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4039">RFC 4039</ulink> for details.
|
||
Defaults to true when <varname>Anonymize=no</varname> and neither <varname>AllowList=</varname>
|
||
nor <varname>DenyList=</varname> is specified, and false otherwise.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Anonymize=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. When true, the options sent to the DHCP server will follow the
|
||
<ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7844">RFC 7844</ulink> (Anonymity Profiles for
|
||
DHCP Clients) to minimize disclosure of identifying information. Defaults to false.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>This option should only be set to true when <varname>MACAddressPolicy=</varname> is set
|
||
to <option>random</option> (see
|
||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.link</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>).
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>When true,
|
||
<varname>ClientIdentifier=mac</varname>,
|
||
<varname>RapidCommit=no</varname>,
|
||
<varname>SendHostname=no</varname>,
|
||
<varname>Use6RD=no</varname>,
|
||
<varname>UseCaptivePortal=no</varname>,
|
||
<varname>UseMTU=no</varname>,
|
||
<varname>UseNTP=no</varname>,
|
||
<varname>UseSIP=no</varname>, and
|
||
<varname>UseTimezone=no</varname>
|
||
are implied and these settings in the .network file are silently ignored. Also,
|
||
<varname>Hostname=</varname>,
|
||
<varname>MUDURL=</varname>,
|
||
<varname>RequestAddress=</varname>,
|
||
<varname>RequestOptions=</varname>,
|
||
<varname>SendOption=</varname>,
|
||
<varname>SendVendorOption=</varname>,
|
||
<varname>UserClass=</varname>, and
|
||
<varname>VendorClassIdentifier=</varname>
|
||
are silently ignored.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>With this option enabled DHCP requests will mimic those generated by Microsoft
|
||
Windows, in order to reduce the ability to fingerprint and recognize installations. This
|
||
means DHCP request sizes will grow and lease data will be more comprehensive than normally,
|
||
though most of the requested data is not actually used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>RequestOptions=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Sets request options to be sent to the server in the DHCPv4 request options list. A
|
||
whitespace-separated list of integers in the range 1…254. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>SendOption=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Send an arbitrary raw option in the DHCPv4 request. Takes a DHCP option number, data
|
||
type and data separated with a colon
|
||
(<literal><replaceable>option</replaceable>:<replaceable>type</replaceable>:<replaceable>value</replaceable></literal>).
|
||
The option number must be an integer in the range 1…254. The type takes one of
|
||
<literal>uint8</literal>, <literal>uint16</literal>, <literal>uint32</literal>,
|
||
<literal>ipv4address</literal>, or <literal>string</literal>. Special characters in the data
|
||
string may be escaped using
|
||
<ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Escape_sequences_in_C#Table_of_escape_sequences">C-style
|
||
escapes</ulink>. This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is
|
||
specified, then all options specified earlier are cleared. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>SendVendorOption=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Send an arbitrary vendor option in the DHCPv4 request. Takes a DHCP option number, data
|
||
type and data separated with a colon
|
||
(<literal><replaceable>option</replaceable>:<replaceable>type</replaceable>:<replaceable>value</replaceable></literal>).
|
||
The option number must be an integer in the range 1…254. The type takes one of
|
||
<literal>uint8</literal>, <literal>uint16</literal>, <literal>uint32</literal>,
|
||
<literal>ipv4address</literal>, or <literal>string</literal>. Special characters in the data
|
||
string may be escaped using
|
||
<ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Escape_sequences_in_C#Table_of_escape_sequences">C-style
|
||
escapes</ulink>. This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is specified,
|
||
then all options specified earlier are cleared. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>IPServiceType=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes one of the special values <literal>none</literal>, <literal>CS6</literal>, or
|
||
<literal>CS4</literal>. When <literal>none</literal> no IP service type is set to the packet
|
||
sent from the DHCPv4 client. When <literal>CS6</literal> (network control) or
|
||
<literal>CS4</literal> (realtime), the corresponding service type will be set. Defaults to
|
||
<literal>CS6</literal>.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>SocketPriority=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>The Linux socket option <constant>SO_PRIORITY</constant> applied to the raw IP socket used for
|
||
initial DHCPv4 messages. Unset by default. Usual values range from 0 to 6.
|
||
More details about <constant>SO_PRIORITY</constant> socket option in
|
||
<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>socket</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
||
Can be used in conjunction with [VLAN] section <varname>EgressQOSMaps=</varname> setting of .netdev
|
||
file to set the 802.1Q VLAN ethernet tagged header priority, see
|
||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.netdev</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<!-- How to use the DHCP lease -->
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Label=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the label for the IPv4 address received from the DHCP server. The label must
|
||
be a 7-bit ASCII string with a length of 1…15 characters. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>UseDNS=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>When true (the default), the DNS servers received from the DHCP server will be used.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>This corresponds to the <option>nameserver</option> option in
|
||
<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>resolv.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>RoutesToDNS=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>When true, the routes to the DNS servers received from the DHCP server will be
|
||
configured. When <varname>UseDNS=</varname> is disabled, this setting is ignored. Defaults to
|
||
true.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>UseNTP=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>When true (the default), the NTP servers received from the DHCP server will be used by
|
||
<filename>systemd-timesyncd.service</filename>.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v220"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>RoutesToNTP=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>When true, the routes to the NTP servers received from the DHCP server will be
|
||
configured. When <varname>UseNTP=</varname> is disabled, this setting is ignored. Defaults to
|
||
true.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>UseSIP=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>When true (the default), the SIP servers received from the DHCP server will be collected
|
||
and made available to client programs.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>UseCaptivePortal=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>When true (the default), the captive portal advertised by the DHCP server will be recorded
|
||
and made available to client programs and displayed in the
|
||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
|
||
status output per-link.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>UseMTU=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>When true, the interface maximum transmission unit from the DHCP server will be used on
|
||
the current link. If <varname>MTUBytes=</varname> is set, then this setting is ignored.
|
||
Defaults to false.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>Note, some drivers will reset the interfaces if the MTU is changed. For such
|
||
interfaces, please try to use <varname>IgnoreCarrierLoss=</varname> with a short timespan,
|
||
e.g. <literal>3 seconds</literal>.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>UseHostname=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>When true (the default), the hostname received from the DHCP server will be set as the
|
||
transient hostname of the system.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v211"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>UseDomains=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean, or the special value <option>route</option>. When true, the domain name
|
||
received from the DHCP server will be used as DNS search domain over this link, similarly to the
|
||
effect of the <option>Domains=</option> setting. If set to <option>route</option>, the domain name
|
||
received from the DHCP server will be used for routing DNS queries only, but not for searching,
|
||
similarly to the effect of the <option>Domains=</option> setting when the argument is prefixed with
|
||
<literal>~</literal>. When unspecified, the value specified in the same setting in
|
||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
|
||
which defaults to <literal>no</literal>, will be used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>It is recommended to enable this option only on trusted networks, as setting this
|
||
affects resolution of all hostnames, in particular of single-label names. It is generally
|
||
safer to use the supplied domain only as routing domain, rather than as search domain, in
|
||
order to not have it affect local resolution of single-label names.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>When set to true, this setting corresponds to the <option>domain</option> option in
|
||
<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>resolv.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>UseRoutes=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>When true (the default), the static routes will be requested from the DHCP server and
|
||
added to the routing table with a metric of 1024, and a scope of <option>global</option>,
|
||
<option>link</option> or <option>host</option>, depending on the route's destination and
|
||
gateway. If the destination is on the local host, e.g., 127.x.x.x, or the same as the link's
|
||
own address, the scope will be set to <option>host</option>. Otherwise if the gateway is null
|
||
(a direct route), a <option>link</option> scope will be used. For anything else, scope
|
||
defaults to <option>global</option>.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v215"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>RouteMetric=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Set the routing metric for routes specified by the DHCP server (including the prefix
|
||
route added for the specified prefix). Takes an unsigned integer in the range 0…4294967295.
|
||
Defaults to 1024.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v217"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>RouteTable=<replaceable>num</replaceable></varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>The table identifier for DHCP routes. Takes one of predefined names
|
||
<literal>default</literal>, <literal>main</literal>, and <literal>local</literal>, and names
|
||
defined in <varname>RouteTable=</varname> in
|
||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
|
||
or a number between 1…4294967295.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>When used in combination with <varname>VRF=</varname>, the VRF's routing table is
|
||
used when this parameter is not specified.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>RouteMTUBytes=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the MTU for the DHCP routes. Please see the [Route] section for further
|
||
details.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>QuickAck=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. When true, the TCP quick ACK mode is enabled for the routes configured by
|
||
the acquired DHCPv4 lease. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>InitialCongestionWindow=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>As in the [Route] section.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>As in the [Route] section.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>UseGateway=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>When true, and the DHCP server provides a Router option, the default gateway based on the
|
||
router address will be configured. Defaults to unset, and the value specified with
|
||
<varname>UseRoutes=</varname> will be used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>Note, when the server provides both the Router and Classless Static Routes option, and
|
||
<varname>UseRoutes=</varname> is enabled, the Router option is always ignored regardless of this
|
||
setting. See <ulink url="https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3442">RFC 3442</ulink>.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>UseTimezone=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem><para>When true, the timezone received from the DHCP server will be set as timezone
|
||
of the local system. Defaults to false.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Use6RD=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>When true, subnets of the received IPv6 prefix are assigned to downstream interfaces
|
||
which enables <varname>DHCPPrefixDelegation=</varname>. See also
|
||
<varname>DHCPPrefixDelegation=</varname> in the [Network] section, the [DHCPPrefixDelegation]
|
||
section, and <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5969">RFC 5969</ulink>. Defaults to
|
||
false.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>IPv6OnlyMode=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>When true, the DHCPv4 configuration will be delayed by the timespan provided by the DHCP
|
||
server and skip to configure dynamic IPv4 network connectivity if IPv6 connectivity is provided
|
||
within the timespan. See <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8925">RFC 8925</ulink>.
|
||
Defaults to false.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>FallbackLeaseLifetimeSec=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Allows one to set DHCPv4 lease lifetime when DHCPv4 server does not send the lease
|
||
lifetime. Takes one of <literal>forever</literal> or <literal>infinity</literal>. If
|
||
specified, the acquired address never expires. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<!-- How to communicate with the server -->
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>RequestBroadcast=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Request the server to use broadcast messages before the IP address has been configured.
|
||
This is necessary for devices that cannot receive RAW packets, or that cannot receive packets
|
||
at all before an IP address has been configured. On the other hand, this must not be enabled
|
||
on networks where broadcasts are filtered out.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v216"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>MaxAttempts=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies how many times the DHCPv4 client configuration should be attempted. Takes a
|
||
number or <literal>infinity</literal>. Defaults to <literal>infinity</literal>. Note that the
|
||
time between retries is increased exponentially, up to approximately one per minute, so the
|
||
network will not be overloaded even if this number is high. The default is suitable in most
|
||
circumstances.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>ListenPort=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Set the port from which the DHCP client packets originate.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v233"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>ServerPort=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Set the port on which the DHCP server is listening.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v256"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>DenyList=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>A whitespace-separated list of IPv4 addresses. Each address can optionally take a
|
||
prefix length after <literal>/</literal>. DHCP offers from servers in the list are rejected.
|
||
Note that if <varname>AllowList=</varname> is configured then <varname>DenyList=</varname> is
|
||
ignored.</para>
|
||
<para>Note that this filters only DHCP offers, so the filtering may not work when
|
||
<varname>RapidCommit=</varname> is enabled. See also <varname>RapidCommit=</varname> in the above.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>AllowList=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>A whitespace-separated list of IPv4 addresses. Each address can optionally take a
|
||
prefix length after <literal>/</literal>. DHCP offers from servers in the list are accepted.
|
||
</para>
|
||
<para>Note that this filters only DHCP offers, so the filtering may not work when
|
||
<varname>RapidCommit=</varname> is enabled. See also <varname>RapidCommit=</varname> in the above.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>SendRelease=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>When true, the DHCPv4 client sends a DHCP release packet when it stops. Defaults to
|
||
true.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>SendDecline=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>A boolean. When true, <command>systemd-networkd</command> performs IPv4 Duplicate
|
||
Address Detection to the acquired address by the DHCPv4 client. If duplicate is detected,
|
||
the DHCPv4 client rejects the address by sending a <constant>DHCPDECLINE</constant> packet to
|
||
the DHCP server, and tries to obtain an IP address again. See
|
||
<ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5227">RFC 5227</ulink>. Defaults to false.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>NetLabel=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>This applies the NetLabel for the addresses received with DHCP, like
|
||
<varname>NetLabel=</varname> in [Address] section applies it to statically configured
|
||
addresses. See <varname>NetLabel=</varname> in [Address] section for more details.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>NFTSet=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>This applies the NFT set for the network configuration received with DHCP, like
|
||
<varname>NFTSet=</varname> in [Address] section applies it to static configuration. See
|
||
<varname>NFTSet=</varname> in [Address] section for more details. For <literal>address</literal> or
|
||
<literal>prefix</literal> source types, the type of the element used in the NFT filter must be
|
||
<literal>ipv4_addr</literal>.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[DHCPv6] Section Options</title>
|
||
|
||
<para>The [DHCPv6] section configures the DHCPv6 client, if it is enabled with the
|
||
<varname>DHCP=</varname> setting described above, or invoked by the IPv6 Router Advertisement:
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
|
||
<!-- DHCP packet contents -->
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>MUDURL=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>IAID=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>DUIDType=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>DUIDRawData=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>RequestOptions=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>As in the [DHCPv4] section.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>SendOption=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>As in the [DHCPv4] section, however because DHCPv6 uses 16-bit fields to store option
|
||
numbers, the option number is an integer in the range 1…65536.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>SendVendorOption=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Send an arbitrary vendor option in the DHCPv6 request. Takes an enterprise identifier,
|
||
DHCP option number, data type, and data separated with a colon
|
||
(<literal><replaceable>enterprise identifier</replaceable>:<replaceable>option</replaceable>:<replaceable>type</replaceable>:<replaceable>value</replaceable></literal>).
|
||
Enterprise identifier is an unsigned integer in the range 1…4294967294. The option number
|
||
must be an integer in the range 1…254. Data type takes one of <literal>uint8</literal>,
|
||
<literal>uint16</literal>, <literal>uint32</literal>, <literal>ipv4address</literal>,
|
||
<literal>ipv6address</literal>, or <literal>string</literal>. Special characters in the data
|
||
string may be escaped using
|
||
<ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Escape_sequences_in_C#Table_of_escape_sequences">C-style
|
||
escapes</ulink>. This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is
|
||
specified, then all options specified earlier are cleared. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>UserClass=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>A DHCPv6 client can use User Class option to identify the type or category of user or
|
||
applications it represents. The information contained in this option is a string that
|
||
represents the user class of which the client is a member. Each class sets an identifying
|
||
string of information to be used by the DHCP service to classify clients. Special characters
|
||
in the data string may be escaped using
|
||
<ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Escape_sequences_in_C#Table_of_escape_sequences">C-style
|
||
escapes</ulink>. This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is
|
||
specified, then all options specified earlier are cleared. Takes a whitespace-separated list
|
||
of strings. Note that currently <constant>NUL</constant> bytes are not allowed.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>VendorClass=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>A DHCPv6 client can use VendorClass option to identify the vendor that manufactured the
|
||
hardware on which the client is running. The information contained in the data area of this
|
||
option is contained in one or more opaque fields that identify details of the hardware
|
||
configuration. Takes a whitespace-separated list of strings.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>PrefixDelegationHint=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes an IPv6 address with prefix length in the same format as the
|
||
<varname>Address=</varname> in the [Network] section. The DHCPv6 client will include a prefix
|
||
hint in the DHCPv6 solicitation sent to the server. The prefix length must be in the range
|
||
1…128. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>RapidCommit=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. The DHCPv6 client can obtain configuration parameters from a DHCPv6 server
|
||
through a rapid two-message exchange (solicit and reply). When the rapid commit option is set by
|
||
both the DHCPv6 client and the DHCPv6 server, the two-message exchange is used. Otherwise, the
|
||
four-message exchange (solicit, advertise, request, and reply) is used. The two-message exchange
|
||
provides faster client configuration. See
|
||
<ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3315#section-17.2.1">RFC 3315</ulink> for details.
|
||
Defaults to true, and the two-message exchange will be used if the server support it.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>SendHostname=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>When true (the default), the machine's hostname (or the value specified with
|
||
<varname>Hostname=</varname>, described below) will be sent to the DHCPv6 server. Note that the
|
||
hostname must consist only of 7-bit ASCII lower-case characters and no spaces or dots, and be
|
||
formatted as a valid DNS domain name. Otherwise, the hostname is not sent even if this option
|
||
is true.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Hostname=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Use this value for the hostname which is sent to the DHCPv6 server, instead of machine's
|
||
hostname. Note that the specified hostname must consist only of 7-bit ASCII lower-case
|
||
characters and no spaces or dots, and be formatted as a valid DNS domain name.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<!-- How to use the DHCP lease -->
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>UseAddress=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>When true (the default), the IP addresses provided by the DHCPv6 server will be
|
||
assigned.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>UseCaptivePortal=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>When true (the default), the captive portal advertised by the DHCPv6 server will be recorded
|
||
and made available to client programs and displayed in the
|
||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
|
||
status output per-link.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>UseDelegatedPrefix=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>When true (the default), the client will request the DHCPv6 server to delegate
|
||
prefixes. If the server provides prefixes to be delegated, then subnets of the prefixes are
|
||
assigned to the interfaces that have <varname>DHCPPrefixDelegation=yes</varname>.
|
||
See also the <varname>DHCPPrefixDelegation=</varname> setting in the [Network] section,
|
||
settings in the [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section, and
|
||
<ulink url="https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc8415.html#section-6.3">RFC 8415</ulink>.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>UseDNS=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>UseNTP=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>UseHostname=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>UseDomains=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>NetLabel=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>SendRelease=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>As in the [DHCPv4] section.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>NFTSet=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>This applies the NFT set for the network configuration received with DHCP, like
|
||
<varname>NFTSet=</varname> in [Address] section applies it to static configuration. See
|
||
<varname>NFTSet=</varname> in [Address] section for more details. For <literal>address</literal>
|
||
or <literal>prefix</literal> source types, the type of the element used in the NFT filter must be
|
||
<literal>ipv6_addr</literal>.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<!-- How to communicate with the server -->
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>WithoutRA=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Allows DHCPv6 client to start without router advertisements's
|
||
<literal>managed</literal> or <literal>other configuration</literal> flag. Takes one of
|
||
<literal>no</literal>, <literal>solicit</literal>, or
|
||
<literal>information-request</literal>. If this is not specified,
|
||
<literal>solicit</literal> is used when <varname>DHCPPrefixDelegation=</varname> is enabled
|
||
and <varname>UplinkInterface=:self</varname> is specified in the [DHCPPrefixDelegation]
|
||
section. Otherwise, defaults to <literal>no</literal>, and the DHCPv6 client will be started
|
||
when an RA is received. See also the <varname>DHCPv6Client=</varname> setting in the
|
||
[IPv6AcceptRA] section.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[DHCPPrefixDelegation] Section Options</title>
|
||
<para>The [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section configures subnet prefixes of the delegated prefixes
|
||
acquired by a DHCPv6 client or by a DHCPv4 client through the 6RD option on another interface.
|
||
The settings in this section are used only when the <varname>DHCPPrefixDelegation=</varname>
|
||
setting in the [Network] section is enabled.</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>UplinkInterface=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the name or the index of the uplink interface, or one of the special values
|
||
<literal>:self</literal> and <literal>:auto</literal>. When <literal>:self</literal>, the
|
||
interface itself is considered the uplink interface, and
|
||
<varname>WithoutRA=solicit</varname> is implied if the setting is not explicitly specified.
|
||
When <literal>:auto</literal>, the first link which acquired prefixes to be delegated from
|
||
the DHCPv6 or DHCPv4 server is selected. Defaults to <literal>:auto</literal>.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>SubnetId=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Configure a specific subnet ID on the interface from a (previously) received prefix
|
||
delegation. You can either set "auto" (the default) or a specific subnet ID (as defined in
|
||
<ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4291#section-2.5.4">RFC 4291</ulink>, section
|
||
2.5.4), in which case the allowed value is hexadecimal, from 0 to 0x7fffffffffffffff
|
||
inclusive.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Announce=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. When enabled, and <varname>IPv6SendRA=</varname> in [Network] section
|
||
is enabled, the delegated prefixes are distributed through the IPv6 Router Advertisement.
|
||
This setting will be ignored when the <varname>DHCPPrefixDelegation=</varname> setting is
|
||
enabled on the upstream interface. Defaults to yes.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Assign=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. Specifies whether to add an address from the delegated prefixes which
|
||
are received from the WAN interface by the DHCPv6 Prefix Delegation. When true (on LAN
|
||
interface), the EUI-64 algorithm will be used by default to form an interface identifier from
|
||
the delegated prefixes. See also <varname>Token=</varname> setting below. Defaults to yes.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Token=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies an optional address generation mode for assigning an address in each
|
||
delegated prefix. This accepts the same syntax as <varname>Token=</varname> in the
|
||
[IPv6AcceptRA] section. If <varname>Assign=</varname> is set to false, then this setting will
|
||
be ignored. Defaults to unset, which means the EUI-64 algorithm will be used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>ManageTemporaryAddress=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>As in the [Address] section, but defaults to true.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>RouteMetric=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>The metric of the route to the delegated prefix subnet. Takes an unsigned integer in
|
||
the range 0…4294967295. When set to 0, the kernel's default value is used. Defaults to 256.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>NetLabel=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>This applies the NetLabel for the addresses received with DHCP, like
|
||
<varname>NetLabel=</varname> in [Address] section applies it to statically configured
|
||
addresses. See <varname>NetLabel=</varname> in [Address] section for more details.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>NFTSet=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>This applies the NFT set for the network configuration received with DHCP, like
|
||
<varname>NFTSet=</varname> in [Address] section applies it to static configuration. See
|
||
<varname>NFTSet=</varname> in [Address] section for more details. For <literal>address</literal> or
|
||
<literal>prefix</literal> source types, the type of the element used in the NFT filter must be
|
||
<literal>ipv6_addr</literal>.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[IPv6AcceptRA] Section Options</title>
|
||
<para>The [IPv6AcceptRA] section configures the IPv6 Router Advertisement (RA) client, if it is enabled
|
||
with the <varname>IPv6AcceptRA=</varname> setting described above:</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>UseRedirect=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>When true (the default), Redirect message sent by the current first-hop router will be
|
||
accepted, and configures routes to redirected nodes will be configured.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v256"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Token=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies an optional address generation mode for the Stateless Address
|
||
Autoconfiguration (SLAAC). The following values are supported:</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><option>eui64</option></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>
|
||
The EUI-64 algorithm will be used to generate an address for that prefix. Only
|
||
supported by Ethernet or InfiniBand interfaces.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><option>static:<replaceable>ADDRESS</replaceable></option></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>
|
||
An IPv6 address must be specified after a colon (<literal>:</literal>), and the
|
||
lower bits of the supplied address are combined with the upper bits of a prefix
|
||
received in a Router Advertisement (RA) message to form a complete address. Note
|
||
that if multiple prefixes are received in an RA message, or in multiple RA messages,
|
||
addresses will be formed from each of them using the supplied address. This mode
|
||
implements SLAAC but uses a static interface identifier instead of an identifier
|
||
generated by using the EUI-64 algorithm. Because the interface identifier is static,
|
||
if Duplicate Address Detection detects that the computed address is a duplicate
|
||
(in use by another node on the link), then this mode will fail to provide an address
|
||
for that prefix. If an IPv6 address without mode is specified, then
|
||
<literal>static</literal> mode is assumed.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><option>prefixstable[:<replaceable>ADDRESS</replaceable>][,<replaceable>UUID</replaceable>]</option></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>
|
||
The algorithm specified in
|
||
<ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7217">RFC 7217</ulink> will be used to
|
||
generate interface identifiers. This mode can optionally take an IPv6 address
|
||
separated with a colon (<literal>:</literal>). If an IPv6 address is specified,
|
||
then an interface identifier is generated only when a prefix received in an RA
|
||
message matches the supplied address.
|
||
</para>
|
||
<para>
|
||
This mode can also optionally take a non-null UUID in the format which
|
||
<function>sd_id128_from_string()</function> accepts, e.g.
|
||
<literal>86b123b969ba4b7eb8b3d8605123525a</literal> or
|
||
<literal>86b123b9-69ba-4b7e-b8b3-d8605123525a</literal>. If a UUID is specified, the
|
||
value is used as the secret key to generate interface identifiers. If not specified,
|
||
then an application specific ID generated with the system's machine-ID will be used
|
||
as the secret key. See
|
||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sd-id128</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
|
||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sd_id128_from_string</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
|
||
and
|
||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sd_id128_get_machine</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
||
</para>
|
||
<para>
|
||
Note that the <literal>prefixstable</literal> algorithm uses both the interface
|
||
name and MAC address as input to the hash to compute the interface identifier, so
|
||
if either of those are changed the resulting interface identifier (and address)
|
||
will be changed, even if the prefix received in the RA message has not been
|
||
changed.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
|
||
<para>If no address generation mode is specified (which is the default), or a received
|
||
prefix does not match any of the addresses provided in <literal>prefixstable</literal>
|
||
mode, then the EUI-64 algorithm will be used for Ethernet or InfiniBand interfaces,
|
||
otherwise <literal>prefixstable</literal> will be used to form an interface identifier for
|
||
that prefix.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is assigned, then
|
||
the all previous assignments are cleared.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>Examples:
|
||
<programlisting>Token=eui64
|
||
Token=::1a:2b:3c:4d
|
||
Token=static:::1a:2b:3c:4d
|
||
Token=prefixstable
|
||
Token=prefixstable:2002:da8:1::</programlisting></para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>UseDNS=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>When true (the default), the DNS servers received in the Router Advertisement will be used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>This corresponds to the <option>nameserver</option> option in <citerefentry
|
||
project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>resolv.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v231"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>UseDomains=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean, or the special value <literal>route</literal>. When true, the domain name
|
||
received via IPv6 Router Advertisement (RA) will be used as DNS search domain over this link,
|
||
similarly to the effect of the <option>Domains=</option> setting. If set to
|
||
<literal>route</literal>, the domain name received via IPv6 RA will be used for routing DNS queries
|
||
only, but not for searching, similarly to the effect of the <option>Domains=</option> setting when
|
||
the argument is prefixed with <literal>~</literal>. Defaults to false.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>It is recommended to enable this option only on trusted networks, as setting this affects resolution
|
||
of all hostnames, in particular of single-label names. It is generally safer to use the supplied domain
|
||
only as routing domain, rather than as search domain, in order to not have it affect local resolution of
|
||
single-label names.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>When set to true, this setting corresponds to the <option>domain</option> option in <citerefentry
|
||
project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>resolv.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v231"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>RouteTable=<replaceable>num</replaceable></varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>The table identifier for the routes received in the Router Advertisement. Takes one of
|
||
predefined names <literal>default</literal>, <literal>main</literal>, and <literal>local</literal>,
|
||
and names defined in <varname>RouteTable=</varname> in
|
||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
|
||
or a number between 1…4294967295.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>When used in combination with <varname>VRF=</varname>, the VRF's routing table is
|
||
used when this parameter is not specified.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v232"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>RouteMetric=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Set the routing metric for the routes received in the Router Advertisement. Takes an unsigned
|
||
integer in the range 0…4294967295, or three unsigned integer separated with <literal>:</literal>,
|
||
in that case the first one is used when the router preference is high, the second is for medium
|
||
preference, and the last is for low preference
|
||
(<literal><replaceable>high</replaceable>:<replaceable>medium</replaceable>:<replaceable>low</replaceable></literal>).
|
||
Defaults to <literal>512:1024:2048</literal>.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>QuickAck=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. When true, the TCP quick ACK mode is enabled for the routes configured by
|
||
the received RAs. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>UseMTU=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. When true, the MTU received in the Router Advertisement will be
|
||
used. Defaults to true.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>UseHopLimit=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. When true, the hop limit received in the Router Advertisement will be set to routes
|
||
configured based on the advertisement. See also <varname>IPv6HopLimit=</varname>. Defaults to true.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>UseReachableTime=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. When true, the reachable time received in the Router Advertisement will be
|
||
set on the interface receiving the advertisement. It is used as the base timespan of the validity
|
||
of a neighbor entry. Defaults to true.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v256"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>UseRetransmissionTime=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. When true, the retransmission time received in the Router Advertisement will be set
|
||
on the interface receiving the advertisement. It is used as the time between retransmissions of Neighbor
|
||
Solicitation messages to a neighbor when resolving the address or when probing the reachability of a neighbor.
|
||
Defaults to true.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v256"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>UseGateway=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>When true (the default), the router address will be configured as the default gateway.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>UseRoutePrefix=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>When true (the default), the routes corresponding to the route prefixes received in
|
||
the Router Advertisement will be configured.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>UseCaptivePortal=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>When true (the default), the captive portal received in the Router Advertisement will be recorded
|
||
and made available to client programs and displayed in the
|
||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
|
||
status output per-link.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v254"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>UsePREF64=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>When true, the IPv6 PREF64 (or NAT64) prefixes received in the Router Advertisement will be
|
||
recorded and made available to client programs and displayed in the
|
||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkctl</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
|
||
status output per-link. See <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8781">RFC 8781</ulink>.
|
||
Defaults to false.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>UseAutonomousPrefix=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>When true (the default), the autonomous prefix received in the Router Advertisement will be used and take
|
||
precedence over any statically configured ones.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>UseOnLinkPrefix=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>When true (the default), the onlink prefix received in the Router Advertisement will be
|
||
used and takes precedence over any statically configured ones.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>RouterDenyList=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>A whitespace-separated list of IPv6 router addresses. Each address can optionally
|
||
take a prefix length after <literal>/</literal>. Any information advertised by the listed
|
||
router is ignored.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>RouterAllowList=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>A whitespace-separated list of IPv6 router addresses. Each address can optionally
|
||
take a prefix length after <literal>/</literal>. Only information advertised by the listed
|
||
router is accepted. Note that if <varname>RouterAllowList=</varname> is configured then
|
||
<varname>RouterDenyList=</varname> is ignored.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>PrefixDenyList=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>A whitespace-separated list of IPv6 prefixes. Each prefix can optionally take its
|
||
prefix length after <literal>/</literal>. IPv6 prefixes supplied via router advertisements
|
||
in the list are ignored.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>PrefixAllowList=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>A whitespace-separated list of IPv6 prefixes. Each prefix can optionally take its
|
||
prefix length after <literal>/</literal>. IPv6 prefixes supplied via router advertisements
|
||
in the list are allowed. Note that if <varname>PrefixAllowList=</varname> is configured
|
||
then <varname>PrefixDenyList=</varname> is ignored.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>RouteDenyList=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>A whitespace-separated list of IPv6 route prefixes. Each prefix can optionally take
|
||
its prefix length after <literal>/</literal>. IPv6 route prefixes supplied via router
|
||
advertisements in the list are ignored.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>RouteAllowList=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>A whitespace-separated list of IPv6 route prefixes. Each prefix can optionally take
|
||
its prefix length after <literal>/</literal>. IPv6 route prefixes supplied via router
|
||
advertisements in the list are allowed. Note that if <varname>RouteAllowList=</varname> is
|
||
configured then <varname>RouteDenyList=</varname> is ignored.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>DHCPv6Client=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean, or the special value <literal>always</literal>. When true, the
|
||
DHCPv6 client will be started in <literal>solicit</literal> mode if the RA has the
|
||
<literal>managed</literal> flag or <literal>information-request</literal> mode if the RA
|
||
lacks the <literal>managed</literal> flag but has the
|
||
<literal>other configuration</literal> flag. If set to <literal>always</literal>, the
|
||
DHCPv6 client will be started in <literal>solicit</literal> mode when an RA is received,
|
||
even if neither the <literal>managed</literal> nor the
|
||
<literal>other configuration</literal> flag is set in the RA. This will be ignored when
|
||
<varname>WithoutRA=</varname> in the [DHCPv6] section is enabled, or
|
||
<varname>UplinkInterface=:self</varname> in the [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section is
|
||
specified. Defaults to true.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>NetLabel=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>This applies the NetLabel for the addresses received with RA, like
|
||
<varname>NetLabel=</varname> in [Address] section applies it to statically configured
|
||
addresses. See <varname>NetLabel=</varname> in [Address] section for more details.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v252"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>NFTSet=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>This applies the NFT set for the network configuration received with RA, like
|
||
<varname>NFTSet=</varname> in [Address] section applies it to static configuration. See
|
||
<varname>NFTSet=</varname> in [Address] section for more details. For <literal>address</literal> or
|
||
<literal>prefix</literal> source types, the type of the element used in the NFT filter must be
|
||
<literal>ipv6_addr</literal>.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[DHCPServer] Section Options</title>
|
||
<para>The [DHCPServer] section contains settings for the DHCP server, if enabled via the
|
||
<varname>DHCPServer=</varname> option described above:</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>ServerAddress=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the server address for the DHCP server. Takes an IPv4 address with prefix length
|
||
separated with a slash, e.g. <literal>192.168.0.1/24</literal>. Defaults to unset, and one of
|
||
static IPv4 addresses configured in [Network] or [Address] section will be automatically selected.
|
||
This setting may be useful when the interface on which the DHCP server is running has multiple
|
||
static IPv4 addresses.</para>
|
||
<para>This implies <varname>Address=</varname> in [Network] or [Address] section with the same
|
||
address and prefix length. That is,
|
||
<programlisting>[Network]
|
||
DHCPServer=yes
|
||
Address=192.168.0.1/24
|
||
Address=192.168.0.2/24
|
||
[DHCPServer]
|
||
ServerAddress=192.168.0.1/24</programlisting>
|
||
or
|
||
<programlisting>[Network]
|
||
DHCPServer=yes
|
||
[Address]
|
||
Address=192.168.0.1/24
|
||
[Address]
|
||
Address=192.168.0.2/24
|
||
[DHCPServer]
|
||
ServerAddress=192.168.0.1/24</programlisting>
|
||
are equivalent to the following:
|
||
<programlisting>[Network]
|
||
DHCPServer=yes
|
||
Address=192.168.0.2/24
|
||
[DHCPServer]
|
||
ServerAddress=192.168.0.1/24</programlisting>
|
||
</para>
|
||
<para>Since version 255, like the <varname>Address=</varname> setting in [Network] or [Address]
|
||
section, this also supports a null address, e.g. <literal>0.0.0.0/24</literal>, and an unused
|
||
address will be automatically selected. For more details about the automatic address selection,
|
||
see <varname>Address=</varname> setting in [Network] section in the above.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>PoolOffset=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>PoolSize=</varname></term>
|
||
|
||
<listitem><para>Configures the pool of addresses to hand out. The pool
|
||
is a contiguous sequence of IP addresses in the subnet configured for
|
||
the server address, which does not include the subnet nor the broadcast
|
||
address. <varname>PoolOffset=</varname> takes the offset of the pool
|
||
from the start of subnet, or zero to use the default value.
|
||
<varname>PoolSize=</varname> takes the number of IP addresses in the
|
||
pool or zero to use the default value. By default, the pool starts at
|
||
the first address after the subnet address and takes up the rest of
|
||
the subnet, excluding the broadcast address. If the pool includes
|
||
the server address (the default), this is reserved and not handed
|
||
out to clients.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>DefaultLeaseTimeSec=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>MaxLeaseTimeSec=</varname></term>
|
||
|
||
<listitem><para>Control the default and maximum DHCP lease
|
||
time to pass to clients. These settings take time values in seconds or
|
||
another common time unit, depending on the suffix. The default
|
||
lease time is used for clients that did not ask for a specific
|
||
lease time. If a client asks for a lease time longer than the
|
||
maximum lease time, it is automatically shortened to the
|
||
specified time. The default lease time defaults to 1h, the
|
||
maximum lease time to 12h. Shorter lease times are beneficial
|
||
if the configuration data in DHCP leases changes frequently
|
||
and clients shall learn the new settings with shorter
|
||
latencies. Longer lease times reduce the generated DHCP
|
||
network traffic.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>UplinkInterface=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem><para>Specifies the name or the index of the uplink interface, or one of the special
|
||
values <literal>:none</literal> and <literal>:auto</literal>. When emitting DNS, NTP, or SIP
|
||
servers is enabled but no servers are specified, the servers configured in the uplink interface
|
||
will be emitted. When <literal>:auto</literal>, the link which has a default gateway with the
|
||
highest priority will be automatically selected. When <literal>:none</literal>, no uplink
|
||
interface will be selected. Defaults to <literal>:auto</literal>.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>EmitDNS=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>DNS=</varname></term>
|
||
|
||
<listitem><para><varname>EmitDNS=</varname> takes a boolean. Configures whether the DHCP leases
|
||
handed out to clients shall contain DNS server information. Defaults to <literal>yes</literal>.
|
||
The DNS servers to pass to clients may be configured with the <varname>DNS=</varname> option,
|
||
which takes a list of IPv4 addresses, or special value <literal>_server_address</literal> which
|
||
will be converted to the address used by the DHCP server.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>If the <varname>EmitDNS=</varname> option is enabled but no servers configured, the
|
||
servers are automatically propagated from an "uplink" interface that has appropriate servers
|
||
set. The "uplink" interface is determined by the default route of the system with the highest
|
||
priority. Note that this information is acquired at the time the lease is handed out, and does
|
||
not take uplink interfaces into account that acquire DNS server information at a later point.
|
||
If no suitable uplink interface is found the DNS server data from
|
||
<filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename> is used. Also, note that the leases are not refreshed if
|
||
the uplink network configuration changes. To ensure clients regularly acquire the most current
|
||
uplink DNS server information, it is thus advisable to shorten the DHCP lease time via
|
||
<varname>MaxLeaseTimeSec=</varname> described above.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is specified, then all
|
||
DNS servers specified earlier are cleared.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>EmitNTP=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>NTP=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>EmitSIP=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>SIP=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>EmitPOP3=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>POP3=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>EmitSMTP=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>SMTP=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>EmitLPR=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>LPR=</varname></term>
|
||
|
||
<listitem><para>Similar to the <varname>EmitDNS=</varname> and <varname>DNS=</varname> settings
|
||
described above, these settings configure whether and what server information for the indicate
|
||
protocol shall be emitted as part of the DHCP lease. The same syntax, propagation semantics and
|
||
defaults apply as for <varname>EmitDNS=</varname> and <varname>DNS=</varname>.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>EmitRouter=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>Router=</varname></term>
|
||
|
||
<listitem><para>The <varname>EmitRouter=</varname> setting takes a boolean value, and configures
|
||
whether the DHCP lease should contain the router option. The <varname>Router=</varname> setting
|
||
takes an IPv4 address, and configures the router address to be emitted. When the
|
||
<varname>Router=</varname> setting is not specified, then the server address will be used for
|
||
the router option. When the <varname>EmitRouter=</varname> setting is disabled, the
|
||
<varname>Router=</varname> setting will be ignored. The <varname>EmitRouter=</varname> setting
|
||
defaults to true, and the <varname>Router=</varname> setting defaults to unset.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v230"/></listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>EmitTimezone=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>Timezone=</varname></term>
|
||
|
||
<listitem><para>Takes a boolean. Configures whether the DHCP leases handed out
|
||
to clients shall contain timezone information. Defaults to <literal>yes</literal>. The
|
||
<varname>Timezone=</varname> setting takes a timezone string
|
||
(such as <literal>Europe/Berlin</literal> or
|
||
<literal>UTC</literal>) to pass to clients. If no explicit
|
||
timezone is set, the system timezone of the local host is
|
||
propagated, as determined by the
|
||
<filename>/etc/localtime</filename> symlink.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v226"/></listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>BootServerAddress=</varname></term>
|
||
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes an IPv4 address of the boot server used by e.g. PXE boot systems. When specified, this
|
||
address is sent in the <option>siaddr</option> field of the DHCP message header. See <ulink
|
||
url="https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc2131.html">RFC 2131</ulink> for more details. Defaults to
|
||
unset.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>BootServerName=</varname></term>
|
||
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a name of the boot server used by e.g. PXE boot systems. When specified, this name is
|
||
sent in the DHCP option 66 ("TFTP server name"). See <ulink
|
||
url="https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc2132.html">RFC 2132</ulink> for more details. Defaults to
|
||
unset.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>Note that typically setting one of <varname>BootServerName=</varname> or
|
||
<varname>BootServerAddress=</varname> is sufficient, but both can be set too, if desired.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>BootFilename=</varname></term>
|
||
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a path or URL to a file loaded by e.g. a PXE boot loader. When specified, this path is
|
||
sent in the DHCP option 67 ("Bootfile name"). See <ulink
|
||
url="https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc2132.html">RFC 2132</ulink> for more details. Defaults to
|
||
unset.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>IPv6OnlyPreferredSec=</varname></term>
|
||
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a timespan. Controls the
|
||
<ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8925">RFC 8925</ulink> IPv6-Only Preferred option.
|
||
Specifies the DHCPv4 option to indicate that a host supports an IPv6-only mode and is willing to
|
||
forgo obtaining an IPv4 address if the network provides IPv6 connectivity. Defaults to unset, and
|
||
not send the option. The minimum allowed value is 300 seconds.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>SendOption=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Send a raw option with value via DHCPv4 server. Takes a DHCP option number, data type
|
||
and data (<literal><replaceable>option</replaceable>:<replaceable>type</replaceable>:<replaceable>value</replaceable></literal>).
|
||
The option number is an integer in the range 1…254. The type takes one of <literal>uint8</literal>,
|
||
<literal>uint16</literal>, <literal>uint32</literal>, <literal>ipv4address</literal>, <literal>ipv6address</literal>, or
|
||
<literal>string</literal>. Special characters in the data string may be escaped using
|
||
<ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Escape_sequences_in_C#Table_of_escape_sequences">C-style
|
||
escapes</ulink>. This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is specified,
|
||
then all options specified earlier are cleared. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>SendVendorOption=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Send a vendor option with value via DHCPv4 server. Takes a DHCP option number, data type
|
||
and data (<literal><replaceable>option</replaceable>:<replaceable>type</replaceable>:<replaceable>value</replaceable></literal>).
|
||
The option number is an integer in the range 1…254. The type takes one of <literal>uint8</literal>,
|
||
<literal>uint16</literal>, <literal>uint32</literal>, <literal>ipv4address</literal>, or
|
||
<literal>string</literal>. Special characters in the data string may be escaped using
|
||
<ulink url="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Escape_sequences_in_C#Table_of_escape_sequences">C-style
|
||
escapes</ulink>. This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is specified,
|
||
then all options specified earlier are cleared. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>BindToInterface=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean value. When <literal>yes</literal>, DHCP server socket will be bound
|
||
to its network interface and all socket communication will be restricted to this interface.
|
||
Defaults to <literal>yes</literal>, except if <varname>RelayTarget=</varname> is used (see below),
|
||
in which case it defaults to <literal>no</literal>.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>RelayTarget=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes an IPv4 address, which must be in the format described in
|
||
<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>inet_pton</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
||
Turns this DHCP server into a DHCP relay agent. See <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1542">RFC 1542</ulink>.
|
||
The address is the address of DHCP server or another relay agent to forward DHCP messages to and from.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>RelayAgentCircuitId=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies value for Agent Circuit ID suboption of Relay Agent Information option.
|
||
Takes a string, which must be in the format <literal>string:<replaceable>value</replaceable></literal>,
|
||
where <literal><replaceable>value</replaceable></literal> should be replaced with the value of the suboption.
|
||
Defaults to unset (means no Agent Circuit ID suboption is generated).
|
||
Ignored if <varname>RelayTarget=</varname> is not specified.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>RelayAgentRemoteId=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies value for Agent Remote ID suboption of Relay Agent Information option.
|
||
Takes a string, which must be in the format <literal>string:<replaceable>value</replaceable></literal>,
|
||
where <literal><replaceable>value</replaceable></literal> should be replaced with the value of the suboption.
|
||
Defaults to unset (means no Agent Remote ID suboption is generated).
|
||
Ignored if <varname>RelayTarget=</varname> is not specified.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>RapidCommit=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. When true, the server supports
|
||
<ulink url="https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc4039">RFC 4039</ulink>. When a client sends
|
||
a DHCPDISCOVER message with the Rapid Commit option to the server, then the server will reply with
|
||
a DHCPACK message to the client, instead of DHCPOFFER. Defaults to true.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>PersistLeases=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. When true, the DHCP server will load and save leases in the persistent
|
||
storage. When false, the DHCP server will neither load nor save leases in the persistent storage.
|
||
Hence, bound leases will be lost when the interface is reconfigured e.g. by
|
||
<command>networkctl reconfigure</command>, or <filename>systemd-networkd.service</filename>
|
||
is restarted. That may cause address conflict on the network. So, please take an extra care when
|
||
disable this setting. When unspecified, the value specified in the same setting in
|
||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>networkd.conf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>,
|
||
which defaults to <literal>yes</literal>, will be used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v256"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[DHCPServerStaticLease] Section Options</title>
|
||
<para>The <literal>[DHCPServerStaticLease]</literal> section configures a static DHCP lease to assign a
|
||
fixed IPv4 address to a specific device based on its MAC address. This section can be specified multiple
|
||
times.</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>MACAddress=</varname></term>
|
||
|
||
<listitem><para>The hardware address of a device to match. This key is mandatory.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Address=</varname></term>
|
||
|
||
<listitem><para>The IPv4 address that should be assigned to the device that was matched with
|
||
<varname>MACAddress=</varname>. This key is mandatory.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/></listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[IPv6SendRA] Section Options</title>
|
||
<para>The [IPv6SendRA] section contains settings for sending IPv6 Router Advertisements and whether
|
||
to act as a router, if enabled via the <varname>IPv6SendRA=</varname> option described above. IPv6
|
||
network prefixes or routes are defined with one or more [IPv6Prefix] or [IPv6RoutePrefix] sections.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Managed=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>OtherInformation=</varname></term>
|
||
|
||
<listitem><para>Takes a boolean. Controls whether a DHCPv6 server is used to acquire IPv6
|
||
addresses on the network link when <varname>Managed=</varname>
|
||
is set to <literal>true</literal> or if only additional network
|
||
information can be obtained via DHCPv6 for the network link when
|
||
<varname>OtherInformation=</varname> is set to
|
||
<literal>true</literal>. Both settings default to
|
||
<literal>false</literal>, which means that a DHCPv6 server is not being
|
||
used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/></listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>RouterLifetimeSec=</varname></term>
|
||
|
||
<listitem><para>Takes a timespan. Configures the IPv6 router lifetime in seconds. The value must be 0
|
||
seconds, or between 4 seconds and 9000 seconds. When set to 0, the host is not acting as a router.
|
||
Defaults to 1800 seconds (30 minutes).</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>RetransmitSec=</varname></term>
|
||
|
||
<listitem><para>Takes a timespan. Configures the retransmit time, used by clients to retransmit Neighbor
|
||
Solicitation messages on address resolution and the Neighbor Unreachability Detection algorithm.
|
||
An integer, the default unit is seconds, in the range 0…4294967295 msec. Defaults to 0.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>RouterPreference=</varname></term>
|
||
|
||
<listitem><para>Configures IPv6 router preference if
|
||
<varname>RouterLifetimeSec=</varname> is non-zero. Valid values are
|
||
<literal>high</literal>, <literal>medium</literal> and
|
||
<literal>low</literal>, with <literal>normal</literal> and
|
||
<literal>default</literal> added as synonyms for
|
||
<literal>medium</literal> just to make configuration easier. See
|
||
<ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4191">RFC 4191</ulink>
|
||
for details. Defaults to <literal>medium</literal>.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/></listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>HopLimit=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Configures hop limit. Takes an integer in the range 0…255. See also
|
||
<varname>IPv6HopLimit=</varname>.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>UplinkInterface=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem><para>Specifies the name or the index of the uplink interface, or one of the special
|
||
values <literal>:none</literal> and <literal>:auto</literal>. When emitting DNS servers or
|
||
search domains is enabled but no servers are specified, the servers configured in the uplink
|
||
interface will be emitted. When <literal>:auto</literal>, the value specified to the same
|
||
setting in the [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section will be used if
|
||
<varname>DHCPPrefixDelegation=</varname> is enabled, otherwise the link which has a default
|
||
gateway with the highest priority will be automatically selected. When <literal>:none</literal>,
|
||
no uplink interface will be selected. Defaults to <literal>:auto</literal>.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>EmitDNS=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>DNS=</varname></term>
|
||
|
||
<listitem><para><varname>DNS=</varname> specifies a list of recursive DNS server IPv6 addresses
|
||
that are distributed via Router Advertisement messages when <varname>EmitDNS=</varname> is true.
|
||
<varname>DNS=</varname> also takes special value <literal>_link_local</literal>; in that case
|
||
the IPv6 link-local address is distributed. If <varname>DNS=</varname> is empty, DNS servers are
|
||
read from the [Network] section. If the [Network] section does not contain any DNS servers
|
||
either, DNS servers from the uplink interface specified in <varname>UplinkInterface=</varname>
|
||
will be used. When <varname>EmitDNS=</varname> is false, no DNS server information is sent in
|
||
Router Advertisement messages. <varname>EmitDNS=</varname> defaults to true.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/></listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>EmitDomains=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>Domains=</varname></term>
|
||
|
||
<listitem><para>A list of DNS search domains distributed via Router Advertisement messages when
|
||
<varname>EmitDomains=</varname> is true. If <varname>Domains=</varname> is empty, DNS search
|
||
domains are read from the [Network] section. If the [Network] section does not contain any DNS
|
||
search domains either, DNS search domains from the uplink interface specified in
|
||
<varname>UplinkInterface=</varname> will be used. When <varname>EmitDomains=</varname> is false,
|
||
no DNS search domain information is sent in Router Advertisement messages.
|
||
<varname>EmitDomains=</varname> defaults to true.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/></listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>DNSLifetimeSec=</varname></term>
|
||
|
||
<listitem><para>Lifetime in seconds for the DNS server addresses listed in
|
||
<varname>DNS=</varname> and search domains listed in <varname>Domains=</varname>. Defaults to
|
||
3600 seconds (one hour).</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/></listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>HomeAgent=</varname></term>
|
||
|
||
<listitem><para>Takes a boolean. Specifies that IPv6 router advertisements which indicate to hosts that
|
||
the router acts as a Home Agent and includes a Home Agent option. Defaults to false. See
|
||
<ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6275">RFC 6275</ulink> for further details.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>HomeAgentLifetimeSec=</varname></term>
|
||
|
||
<listitem><para>Takes a timespan. Specifies the lifetime of the Home Agent. An integer, the default unit is seconds,
|
||
in the range 1…65535. Defaults to the value set to <varname>RouterLifetimeSec=</varname>.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>HomeAgentPreference=</varname></term>
|
||
|
||
<listitem><para>Configures IPv6 Home Agent preference. Takes an integer in the range 0…65535.
|
||
Defaults to 0.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[IPv6Prefix] Section Options</title>
|
||
<para>One or more [IPv6Prefix] sections contain the IPv6 prefixes that are announced via Router
|
||
Advertisements. See <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4861">RFC 4861</ulink> for further
|
||
details.</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>AddressAutoconfiguration=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>OnLink=</varname></term>
|
||
|
||
<listitem><para>Takes a boolean to specify whether IPv6 addresses can be
|
||
autoconfigured with this prefix and whether the prefix can be used for
|
||
onlink determination. Both settings default to <literal>true</literal>
|
||
in order to ease configuration.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/></listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Prefix=</varname></term>
|
||
|
||
<listitem><para>The IPv6 prefix that is to be distributed to hosts. Similarly to configuring static
|
||
IPv6 addresses, the setting is configured as an IPv6 prefix and its prefix length, separated by a
|
||
<literal>/</literal> character. Use multiple [IPv6Prefix] sections to configure multiple IPv6
|
||
prefixes since prefix lifetimes, address autoconfiguration and onlink status may differ from one
|
||
prefix to another.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/></listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>PreferredLifetimeSec=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>ValidLifetimeSec=</varname></term>
|
||
|
||
<listitem><para>Preferred and valid lifetimes for the prefix measured in seconds.
|
||
<varname>PreferredLifetimeSec=</varname> defaults to 1800 seconds (30 minutes) and
|
||
<varname>ValidLifetimeSec=</varname> defaults to 3600 seconds (one hour).</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v235"/></listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Assign=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem><para>Takes a boolean. When true, adds an address from the prefix. Default to false.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Token=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies an optional address generation mode for assigning an address in each
|
||
prefix. This accepts the same syntax as <varname>Token=</varname> in the [IPv6AcceptRA]
|
||
section. If <varname>Assign=</varname> is set to false, then this setting will be ignored.
|
||
Defaults to unset, which means the EUI-64 algorithm will be used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>RouteMetric=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>The metric of the prefix route. Takes an unsigned integer in the range 0…4294967295.
|
||
When unset or set to 0, the kernel's default value is used. This setting is ignored when
|
||
<varname>Assign=</varname> is false.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[IPv6RoutePrefix] Section Options</title>
|
||
<para>One or more [IPv6RoutePrefix] sections contain the IPv6
|
||
prefix routes that are announced via Router Advertisements. See
|
||
<ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4191">RFC 4191</ulink>
|
||
for further details.</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Route=</varname></term>
|
||
|
||
<listitem><para>The IPv6 route that is to be distributed to hosts. Similarly to configuring static
|
||
IPv6 routes, the setting is configured as an IPv6 prefix routes and its prefix route length,
|
||
separated by a <literal>/</literal> character. Use multiple [IPv6RoutePrefix] sections to configure
|
||
multiple IPv6 prefix routes.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/></listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>LifetimeSec=</varname></term>
|
||
|
||
<listitem><para>Lifetime for the route prefix measured in seconds.
|
||
<varname>LifetimeSec=</varname> defaults to 3600 seconds (one hour).</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/></listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[IPv6PREF64Prefix] Section Options</title>
|
||
<para>One or more [IPv6PREF64Prefix] sections contain the IPv6 PREF64 (or NAT64) prefixes that are announced via Router
|
||
Advertisements. See <ulink url="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8781">RFC 8781</ulink> for further
|
||
details.</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Prefix=</varname></term>
|
||
|
||
<listitem><para>The IPv6 PREF64 (or NAT64) prefix that is to be distributed to hosts. The setting holds
|
||
an IPv6 prefix that should be set up for NAT64 translation (PLAT) to allow 464XLAT on the network segment.
|
||
Use multiple [IPv6PREF64Prefix] sections to configure multiple IPv6 prefixes since prefix lifetime may differ
|
||
from one prefix to another. The prefix is an address with a prefix length, separated by a slash
|
||
<literal>/</literal> character. Valid NAT64 prefix length are 96, 64, 56, 48, 40, and 32 bits.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/></listitem></varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>LifetimeSec=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem><para>Lifetime for the prefix measured in seconds. Should be greater than or equal to <varname>RouterLifetimeSec=</varname>.
|
||
<varname>LifetimeSec=</varname> defaults to 1800 seconds.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v255"/></listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[Bridge] Section Options</title>
|
||
<para>The [Bridge] section accepts the following keys:</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>UnicastFlood=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. Controls whether the bridge should flood
|
||
traffic for which an FDB entry is missing and the destination
|
||
is unknown through this port. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>MulticastFlood=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. Controls whether the bridge should flood
|
||
traffic for which an MDB entry is missing and the destination
|
||
is unknown through this port. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>MulticastToUnicast=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. Multicast to unicast works on top of the multicast snooping feature of
|
||
the bridge. Which means unicast copies are only delivered to hosts which are interested in it.
|
||
When unset, the kernel's default will be used.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v240"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>NeighborSuppression=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. Configures whether ARP and ND neighbor suppression is enabled for
|
||
this port. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Learning=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. Configures whether MAC address learning is enabled for
|
||
this port. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>HairPin=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. Configures whether traffic may be sent back out of the port on which it
|
||
was received. When this flag is false, then the bridge will not forward traffic back out of the
|
||
receiving port. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Isolated=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. Configures whether this port is isolated or not. Within a bridge,
|
||
isolated ports can only communicate with non-isolated ports. When set to true, this port can only
|
||
communicate with other ports whose Isolated setting is false. When set to false, this port
|
||
can communicate with any other ports. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v251"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>UseBPDU=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. Configures whether STP Bridge Protocol Data Units will be
|
||
processed by the bridge port. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>FastLeave=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. This flag allows the bridge to immediately stop multicast
|
||
traffic on a port that receives an IGMP Leave message. It is only used with
|
||
IGMP snooping if enabled on the bridge. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>AllowPortToBeRoot=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. Configures whether a given port is allowed to
|
||
become a root port. Only used when STP is enabled on the bridge.
|
||
When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v223"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>ProxyARP=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. Configures whether proxy ARP to be enabled on this port.
|
||
When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>ProxyARPWiFi=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. Configures whether proxy ARP to be enabled on this port
|
||
which meets extended requirements by IEEE 802.11 and Hotspot 2.0 specifications.
|
||
When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>MulticastRouter=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Configures this port for having multicast routers attached. A port with a multicast
|
||
router will receive all multicast traffic. Takes one of <literal>no</literal>
|
||
to disable multicast routers on this port, <literal>query</literal> to let the system detect
|
||
the presence of routers, <literal>permanent</literal> to permanently enable multicast traffic
|
||
forwarding on this port, or <literal>temporary</literal> to enable multicast routers temporarily
|
||
on this port, not depending on incoming queries. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Cost=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Sets the "cost" of sending packets of this interface.
|
||
Each port in a bridge may have a different speed and the cost
|
||
is used to decide which link to use. Faster interfaces
|
||
should have lower costs. It is an integer value between 1 and
|
||
65535.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v218"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Priority=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Sets the "priority" of sending packets on this interface.
|
||
Each port in a bridge may have a different priority which is used
|
||
to decide which link to use. Lower value means higher priority.
|
||
It is an integer value between 0 to 63. Networkd does not set any
|
||
default, meaning the kernel default value of 32 is used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v234"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[BridgeFDB] Section Options</title>
|
||
|
||
<para>The [BridgeFDB] section manages the forwarding database table of a port and accepts the following
|
||
keys. Specify several [BridgeFDB] sections to configure several static MAC table entries.</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>MACAddress=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>As in the [Network] section. This key is mandatory.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Destination=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes an IP address of the destination VXLAN tunnel endpoint.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>VLANId=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>The VLAN ID for the new static MAC table entry. If
|
||
omitted, no VLAN ID information is appended to the new static MAC
|
||
table entry.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v219"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>VNI=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>The VXLAN Network Identifier (or VXLAN Segment ID) to use to connect to
|
||
the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint. Takes a number in the range 1…16777215.
|
||
Defaults to unset.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>AssociatedWith=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies where the address is associated with. Takes one of <literal>use</literal>,
|
||
<literal>self</literal>, <literal>master</literal> or <literal>router</literal>.
|
||
<literal>use</literal> means the address is in use. User space can use this option to
|
||
indicate to the kernel that the fdb entry is in use. <literal>self</literal> means
|
||
the address is associated with the port drivers fdb. Usually hardware. <literal>master</literal>
|
||
means the address is associated with master devices fdb. <literal>router</literal> means
|
||
the destination address is associated with a router. Note that it's valid if the referenced
|
||
device is a VXLAN type device and has route shortcircuit enabled. Defaults to <literal>self</literal>.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v243"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>OutgoingInterface=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the name or index of the outgoing interface for the VXLAN device driver to
|
||
reach the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v249"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[BridgeMDB] Section Options</title>
|
||
<para>The [BridgeMDB] section manages the multicast membership entries forwarding database table of a port and accepts the following
|
||
keys. Specify several [BridgeMDB] sections to configure several permanent multicast membership entries.</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>MulticastGroupAddress=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the IPv4 or IPv6 multicast group address to add. This setting is mandatory.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>VLANId=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>The VLAN ID for the new entry. Valid ranges are 0 (no VLAN) to 4094. Optional, defaults to 0.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[LLDP] Section Options</title>
|
||
<para>The [LLDP] section manages the Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) and accepts the following
|
||
keys:</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>MUDURL=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>When configured, the specified Manufacturer Usage Descriptions (MUD) URL will be sent in
|
||
LLDP packets. The syntax and semantics are the same as for <varname>MUDURL=</varname> in the
|
||
[DHCPv4] section described above.</para>
|
||
|
||
<para>The MUD URLs received via LLDP packets are saved and can be read using the
|
||
<function>sd_lldp_neighbor_get_mud_url()</function> function.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[CAN] Section Options</title>
|
||
<para>The [CAN] section manages the Controller Area Network (CAN bus) and accepts the
|
||
following keys:</para>
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>BitRate=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>The bitrate of CAN device in bits per second. The usual SI prefixes (K, M) with the base of 1000 can
|
||
be used here. Takes a number in the range 1…4294967295.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>SamplePoint=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Optional sample point in percent with one decimal (e.g. <literal>75%</literal>,
|
||
<literal>87.5%</literal>) or permille (e.g. <literal>875‰</literal>). This will be ignored when
|
||
<varname>BitRate=</varname> is unspecified.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>TimeQuantaNSec=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>PropagationSegment=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>PhaseBufferSegment1=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>PhaseBufferSegment2=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>SyncJumpWidth=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the time quanta, propagation segment, phase buffer segment 1 and 2, and the
|
||
synchronization jump width, which allow one to define the CAN bit-timing in a hardware
|
||
independent format as proposed by the Bosch CAN 2.0 Specification.
|
||
<varname>TimeQuantaNSec=</varname> takes a timespan in nanoseconds.
|
||
<varname>PropagationSegment=</varname>, <varname>PhaseBufferSegment1=</varname>,
|
||
<varname>PhaseBufferSegment2=</varname>, and <varname>SyncJumpWidth=</varname> take number
|
||
of time quantum specified in <varname>TimeQuantaNSec=</varname> and must be an unsigned
|
||
integer in the range 0…4294967295. These settings except for
|
||
<varname>SyncJumpWidth=</varname> will be ignored when <varname>BitRate=</varname> is
|
||
specified.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>DataBitRate=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>DataSamplePoint=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>The bitrate and sample point for the data phase, if CAN-FD is used. These settings are
|
||
analogous to the <varname>BitRate=</varname> and <varname>SamplePoint=</varname> keys.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>DataTimeQuantaNSec=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>DataPropagationSegment=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>DataPhaseBufferSegment1=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>DataPhaseBufferSegment2=</varname></term>
|
||
<term><varname>DataSyncJumpWidth=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the time quanta, propagation segment, phase buffer segment 1 and 2, and the
|
||
synchronization jump width for the data phase, if CAN-FD is used. These settings are
|
||
analogous to the <varname>TimeQuantaNSec=</varname> or related settings.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>FDMode=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. When <literal>yes</literal>, CAN-FD mode is enabled for the interface.
|
||
Note, that a bitrate and optional sample point should also be set for the CAN-FD data phase using
|
||
the <varname>DataBitRate=</varname> and <varname>DataSamplePoint=</varname> keys, or
|
||
<varname>DataTimeQuanta=</varname> and related settings.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>FDNonISO=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. When <literal>yes</literal>, non-ISO CAN-FD mode is enabled for the
|
||
interface. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>RestartSec=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Automatic restart delay time. If set to a non-zero value, a restart of the CAN controller will be
|
||
triggered automatically in case of a bus-off condition after the specified delay time. Subsecond delays can
|
||
be specified using decimals (e.g. <literal>0.1s</literal>) or a <literal>ms</literal> or
|
||
<literal>us</literal> postfix. Using <literal>infinity</literal> or <literal>0</literal> will turn the
|
||
automatic restart off. By default automatic restart is disabled.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v239"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Termination=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean or a termination resistor value in ohm in the range 0…65535. When
|
||
<literal>yes</literal>, the termination resistor is set to 120 ohm. When
|
||
<literal>no</literal> or <literal>0</literal> is set, the termination resistor is disabled.
|
||
When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>TripleSampling=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. When <literal>yes</literal>, three samples (instead of one) are used to determine
|
||
the value of a received bit by majority rule. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v242"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>BusErrorReporting=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. When <literal>yes</literal>, reporting of CAN bus errors is activated
|
||
(those include single bit, frame format, and bit stuffing errors, unable to send dominant bit,
|
||
unable to send recessive bit, bus overload, active error announcement, error occurred on
|
||
transmission). When unset, the kernel's default will be used. Note: in case of a CAN bus with a
|
||
single CAN device, sending a CAN frame may result in a huge number of CAN bus errors.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v248"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>ListenOnly=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. When <literal>yes</literal>, listen-only mode is enabled. When the
|
||
interface is in listen-only mode, the interface neither transmit CAN frames nor send ACK
|
||
bit. Listen-only mode is important to debug CAN networks without interfering with the
|
||
communication or acknowledge the CAN frame. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Loopback=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. When <literal>yes</literal>, loopback mode is enabled. When the
|
||
loopback mode is enabled, the interface treats messages transmitted by itself as received
|
||
messages. The loopback mode is important to debug CAN networks. When unset, the kernel's
|
||
default will be used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>OneShot=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. When <literal>yes</literal>, one-shot mode is enabled. When unset,
|
||
the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>PresumeAck=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. When <literal>yes</literal>, the interface will ignore missing CAN
|
||
ACKs. When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>ClassicDataLengthCode=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. When <literal>yes</literal>, the interface will handle the 4bit data
|
||
length code (DLC). When unset, the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[IPoIB] Section Options</title>
|
||
<para>The [IPoIB] section manages the IP over Infiniband and accepts the following keys:</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
<xi:include href="systemd.netdev.xml" xpointer="ipoib_mode" />
|
||
<xi:include href="systemd.netdev.xml" xpointer="ipoib_umcast" />
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[QDisc] Section Options</title>
|
||
<para>The [QDisc] section manages the traffic control queueing discipline (qdisc).</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Parent=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the parent Queueing Discipline (qdisc). Takes one of <literal>clsact</literal>
|
||
or <literal>ingress</literal>. This is mandatory.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v244"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[NetworkEmulator] Section Options</title>
|
||
<para>The [NetworkEmulator] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of the network emulator. It
|
||
can be used to configure the kernel packet scheduler and simulate packet delay and loss for UDP or TCP
|
||
applications, or limit the bandwidth usage of a particular service to simulate internet connections.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>DelaySec=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the fixed amount of delay to be added to all packets going out of the
|
||
interface. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>DelayJitterSec=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the chosen delay to be added to the packets outgoing to the network
|
||
interface. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>PacketLimit=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the maximum number of packets the qdisc may hold queued at a time.
|
||
An unsigned integer in the range 0…4294967294. Defaults to 1000.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>LossRate=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies an independent loss probability to be added to the packets outgoing from the
|
||
network interface. Takes a percentage value, suffixed with "%". Defaults to unset.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>DuplicateRate=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies that the chosen percent of packets is duplicated before queuing them.
|
||
Takes a percentage value, suffixed with "%". Defaults to unset.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[TokenBucketFilter] Section Options</title>
|
||
<para>The [TokenBucketFilter] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of token bucket filter
|
||
(tbf).</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>LatencySec=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the latency parameter, which specifies the maximum amount of time a
|
||
packet can sit in the Token Bucket Filter (TBF). Defaults to unset.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>LimitBytes=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes the number of bytes that can be queued waiting for tokens to become available.
|
||
When the size is suffixed with K, M, or G, it is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes,
|
||
respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>BurstBytes=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the size of the bucket. This is the maximum amount of bytes that tokens
|
||
can be available for instantaneous transfer. When the size is suffixed with K, M, or G, it is
|
||
parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to
|
||
unset.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Rate=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the device specific bandwidth. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified
|
||
bandwidth is parsed as Kilobits, Megabits, or Gigabits, respectively, to the base of 1000.
|
||
Defaults to unset.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>MPUBytes=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>The Minimum Packet Unit (MPU) determines the minimal token usage (specified in bytes)
|
||
for a packet. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes,
|
||
Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to zero.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>PeakRate=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes the maximum depletion rate of the bucket. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the
|
||
specified size is parsed as Kilobits, Megabits, or Gigabits, respectively, to the base of
|
||
1000. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>MTUBytes=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the size of the peakrate bucket. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified
|
||
size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024.
|
||
Defaults to unset.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[PIE] Section Options</title>
|
||
<para>The [PIE] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of Proportional Integral
|
||
controller-Enhanced (PIE).</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>PacketLimit=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the hard limit on the queue size in number of packets. When this limit is reached,
|
||
incoming packets are dropped. An unsigned integer in the range 1…4294967294. Defaults to unset and
|
||
kernel's default is used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[FlowQueuePIE] Section Options</title>
|
||
<para>The <literal>[FlowQueuePIE]</literal> section manages the queueing discipline
|
||
(qdisc) of Flow Queue Proportional Integral controller-Enhanced (fq_pie).</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>PacketLimit=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the hard limit on the queue size in number of packets. When this limit is reached,
|
||
incoming packets are dropped. An unsigned integer ranges 1 to 4294967294. Defaults to unset and
|
||
kernel's default is used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v247"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[StochasticFairBlue] Section Options</title>
|
||
<para>The [StochasticFairBlue] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of stochastic fair blue
|
||
(sfb).</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>PacketLimit=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the hard limit on the queue size in number of packets. When this limit is reached,
|
||
incoming packets are dropped. An unsigned integer in the range 0…4294967294. Defaults to unset and
|
||
kernel's default is used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[StochasticFairnessQueueing] Section Options</title>
|
||
<para>The [StochasticFairnessQueueing] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of stochastic
|
||
fairness queueing (sfq).</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>PerturbPeriodSec=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the interval in seconds for queue algorithm perturbation. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[BFIFO] Section Options</title>
|
||
<para>The [BFIFO] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of Byte limited Packet First In First
|
||
Out (bfifo).</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>LimitBytes=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the hard limit in bytes on the FIFO buffer size. The size limit prevents overflow
|
||
in case the kernel is unable to dequeue packets as quickly as it receives them. When this limit is
|
||
reached, incoming packets are dropped. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed
|
||
as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to unset and
|
||
kernel default is used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[PFIFO] Section Options</title>
|
||
<para>The [PFIFO] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of Packet First In First Out
|
||
(pfifo).</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>PacketLimit=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the hard limit on the number of packets in the FIFO queue. The size limit prevents
|
||
overflow in case the kernel is unable to dequeue packets as quickly as it receives them. When this
|
||
limit is reached, incoming packets are dropped. An unsigned integer in the range
|
||
0…4294967294. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[PFIFOHeadDrop] Section Options</title>
|
||
<para>The [PFIFOHeadDrop] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of Packet First In First Out
|
||
Head Drop (pfifo_head_drop).</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>PacketLimit=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>As in [PFIFO] section.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/></listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[PFIFOFast] Section Options</title>
|
||
<para>The [PFIFOFast] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of Packet First In First Out Fast
|
||
(pfifo_fast).</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[CAKE] Section Options</title>
|
||
<para>The [CAKE] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of Common Applications Kept Enhanced
|
||
(CAKE).</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Bandwidth=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the shaper bandwidth. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is
|
||
parsed as Kilobits, Megabits, or Gigabits, respectively, to the base of 1000. Defaults to
|
||
unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>AutoRateIngress=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean value. Enables automatic capacity estimation based on traffic arriving
|
||
at this qdisc. This is most likely to be useful with cellular links, which tend to change
|
||
quality randomly. If this setting is enabled, the <varname>Bandwidth=</varname> setting is
|
||
used as an initial estimate. Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default is used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>OverheadBytes=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies that bytes to be addeded to the size of each packet. Bytes may be negative.
|
||
Takes an integer in the range -64…256. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>MPUBytes=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Rounds each packet (including overhead) up to the specified bytes. Takes an integer in
|
||
the range 1…256. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>CompensationMode=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes one of <literal>none</literal>, <literal>atm</literal>, or <literal>ptm</literal>.
|
||
Specifies the compensation mode for overhead calculation. When <literal>none</literal>, no
|
||
compensation is taken into account. When <literal>atm</literal>, enables the compensation for
|
||
ATM cell framing, which is normally found on ADSL links. When <literal>ptm</literal>, enables
|
||
the compensation for PTM encoding, which is normally found on VDSL2 links and uses a 64b/65b
|
||
encoding scheme. Defaults to unset and the kernel's default is used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>UseRawPacketSize=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean value. When true, the packet size reported by the Linux kernel will be
|
||
used, instead of the underlying IP packet size. Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default
|
||
is used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>FlowIsolationMode=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>CAKE places packets from different flows into different queues, then packets from each
|
||
queue are delivered fairly. This specifies whether the fairness is based on source address,
|
||
destination address, individual flows, or any combination of those. The available values are:
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><option>none</option></term>
|
||
<listitem><para>
|
||
The flow isolation is disabled, and all traffic passes through a single queue.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><option>src-host</option></term>
|
||
<listitem><para>
|
||
Flows are defined only by source address. Equivalent to the <literal>srchost</literal>
|
||
option for <command>tc qdisc</command> command. See also
|
||
<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>tc-cake</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><option>dst-host</option></term>
|
||
<listitem><para>
|
||
Flows are defined only by destination address. Equivalent to the
|
||
<literal>dsthost</literal> option for <command>tc qdisc</command> command. See also
|
||
<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>tc-cake</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><option>hosts</option></term>
|
||
<listitem><para>
|
||
Flows are defined by source-destination host pairs. Equivalent to the same option for
|
||
<command>tc qdisc</command> command. See also
|
||
<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>tc-cake</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><option>flows</option></term>
|
||
<listitem><para>
|
||
Flows are defined by the entire 5-tuple of source address, destination address,
|
||
transport protocol, source port and destination port. Equivalent to the same option for
|
||
<command>tc qdisc</command> command. See also
|
||
<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>tc-cake</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><option>dual-src-host</option></term>
|
||
<listitem><para>
|
||
Flows are defined by the 5-tuple (see <literal>flows</literal> in the above), and
|
||
fairness is applied first over source addresses, then over individual flows. Equivalent
|
||
to the <literal>dual-srchost</literal> option for <command>tc qdisc</command> command.
|
||
See also
|
||
<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>tc-cake</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><option>dual-dst-host</option></term>
|
||
<listitem><para>
|
||
Flows are defined by the 5-tuple (see <literal>flows</literal> in the above), and
|
||
fairness is applied first over destination addresses, then over individual flows.
|
||
Equivalent to the <literal>dual-dsthost</literal> option for
|
||
<command>tc qdisc</command> command. See also
|
||
<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>tc-cake</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><option>triple</option></term>
|
||
<listitem><para>
|
||
Flows are defined by the 5-tuple (see <literal>flows</literal>), and fairness is
|
||
applied over source and destination addresses, and also over individual flows.
|
||
Equivalent to the <literal>triple-isolate</literal> option for
|
||
<command>tc qdisc</command> command. See also
|
||
<citerefentry project='man-pages'><refentrytitle>tc-cake</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
|
||
<para>Defaults to unset and the kernel's default is used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>NAT=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean value. When true, CAKE performs a NAT lookup before applying
|
||
flow-isolation rules, to determine the true addresses and port numbers of the packet, to
|
||
improve fairness between hosts inside the NAT. This has no practical effect when
|
||
<varname>FlowIsolationMode=</varname> is <literal>none</literal> or <literal>flows</literal>,
|
||
or if NAT is performed on a different host. Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default is
|
||
used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>PriorityQueueingPreset=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>CAKE divides traffic into <literal>tins</literal>, and each tin has its own independent
|
||
set of flow-isolation queues, bandwidth threshold, and priority. This specifies the preset of
|
||
tin profiles. The available values are:</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><option>besteffort</option></term>
|
||
<listitem><para>
|
||
Disables priority queueing by placing all traffic in one tin.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><option>precedence</option></term>
|
||
<listitem><para>
|
||
Enables priority queueing based on the legacy interpretation of TOS
|
||
<literal>Precedence</literal> field. Use of this preset on the modern Internet is
|
||
firmly discouraged.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><option>diffserv8</option></term>
|
||
<listitem><para>
|
||
Enables priority queueing based on the Differentiated Service
|
||
(<literal>DiffServ</literal>) field with eight tins: Background Traffic, High
|
||
Throughput, Best Effort, Video Streaming, Low Latency Transactions, Interactive Shell,
|
||
Minimum Latency, and Network Control.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><option>diffserv4</option></term>
|
||
<listitem><para>
|
||
Enables priority queueing based on the Differentiated Service
|
||
(<literal>DiffServ</literal>) field with four tins: Background Traffic, Best Effort,
|
||
Streaming Media, and Latency Sensitive.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><option>diffserv3</option></term>
|
||
<listitem><para>
|
||
Enables priority queueing based on the Differentiated Service
|
||
(<literal>DiffServ</literal>) field with three tins: Background Traffic, Best Effort,
|
||
and Latency Sensitive.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/></listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
|
||
<para>Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default is used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>FirewallMark=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes an integer in the range 1…4294967295. When specified, firewall-mark-based
|
||
overriding of CAKE's tin selection is enabled. Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default is
|
||
used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Wash=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean value. When true, CAKE clears the DSCP fields, except for ECN bits, of
|
||
any packet passing through CAKE. Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default is used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>SplitGSO=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean value. When true, CAKE will split General Segmentation Offload (GSO)
|
||
super-packets into their on-the-wire components and dequeue them individually. Defaults to
|
||
unset, and the kernel's default is used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v250"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>RTTSec=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the RTT for the filter. Takes a timespan. Typical values are e.g. 100us for
|
||
extremely high-performance 10GigE+ networks like datacentre, 1ms for non-WiFi LAN connections,
|
||
100ms for typical internet connections. Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default will be used.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>AckFilter=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean value, or special value <literal>aggressive</literal>. If enabled, ACKs in
|
||
each flow are queued and redundant ACKs to the upstream are dropped. If yes, the filter will always
|
||
keep at least two redundant ACKs in the queue, while in <literal>aggressive</literal> mode, it will
|
||
filter down to a single ACK. This may improve download throughput on links with very asymmetrical
|
||
rate limits. Defaults to unset, and the kernel's default will be used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v253"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[ControlledDelay] Section Options</title>
|
||
<para>The [ControlledDelay] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of
|
||
controlled delay (CoDel).</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>PacketLimit=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the hard limit on the queue size in number of packets. When this limit is reached,
|
||
incoming packets are dropped. An unsigned integer in the range 0…4294967294. Defaults to unset and
|
||
kernel's default is used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>TargetSec=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a timespan. Specifies the acceptable minimum standing/persistent queue delay.
|
||
Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>IntervalSec=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a timespan. This is used to ensure that the measured minimum delay does not
|
||
become too stale. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>ECN=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. This can be used to mark packets instead of dropping them. Defaults to
|
||
unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>CEThresholdSec=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a timespan. This sets a threshold above which all packets are marked with ECN
|
||
Congestion Experienced (CE). Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] Section Options</title>
|
||
<para>The [DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of Deficit Round
|
||
Robin Scheduler (DRR).</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass] Section Options</title>
|
||
<para>The [DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass] section manages the traffic control class of Deficit Round
|
||
Robin Scheduler (DRR).</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="tclass-parent" />
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="tclass-classid" />
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>QuantumBytes=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the amount of bytes a flow is allowed to dequeue before the scheduler moves
|
||
to the next class. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes,
|
||
Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to the MTU of the
|
||
interface.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[EnhancedTransmissionSelection] Section Options</title>
|
||
<para>The [EnhancedTransmissionSelection] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of Enhanced
|
||
Transmission Selection (ETS).</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Bands=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the number of bands. An unsigned integer in the range 1…16. This value has to be at
|
||
least large enough to cover the strict bands specified through the <varname>StrictBands=</varname>
|
||
and bandwidth-sharing bands specified in <varname>QuantumBytes=</varname>.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>StrictBands=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the number of bands that should be created in strict mode. An unsigned integer in
|
||
the range 1…16.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>QuantumBytes=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the white-space separated list of quantum used in band-sharing bands. When
|
||
suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes,
|
||
respectively, to the base of 1024. This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty
|
||
string is assigned, then the all previous assignments are cleared.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>PriorityMap=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>The priority map maps the priority of a packet to a band. The argument is a whitespace
|
||
separated list of numbers. The first number indicates which band the packets with priority 0 should
|
||
be put to, the second is for priority 1, and so on. There can be up to 16 numbers in the list. If
|
||
there are fewer, the default band that traffic with one of the unmentioned priorities goes to is
|
||
the last one. Each band number must be in the range 0…255. This setting can be specified multiple
|
||
times. If an empty string is assigned, then the all previous assignments are cleared.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[GenericRandomEarlyDetection] Section Options</title>
|
||
<para>The [GenericRandomEarlyDetection] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of Generic Random
|
||
Early Detection (GRED).</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>VirtualQueues=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the number of virtual queues. Takes an integer in the range 1…16. Defaults to unset
|
||
and kernel's default is used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>DefaultVirtualQueue=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the number of default virtual queue. This must be less than <varname>VirtualQueue=</varname>.
|
||
Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>GenericRIO=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. It turns on the RIO-like buffering scheme. Defaults to
|
||
unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[FairQueueingControlledDelay] Section Options</title>
|
||
<para>The [FairQueueingControlledDelay] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of fair queuing
|
||
controlled delay (FQ-CoDel).</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>PacketLimit=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the hard limit on the real queue size. When this limit is reached, incoming packets are
|
||
dropped. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>MemoryLimitBytes=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the limit on the total number of bytes that can be queued in this FQ-CoDel instance.
|
||
When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes,
|
||
respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Flows=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the number of flows into which the incoming packets are classified.
|
||
Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>TargetSec=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a timespan. Specifies the acceptable minimum standing/persistent queue delay.
|
||
Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>IntervalSec=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a timespan. This is used to ensure that the measured minimum delay does not
|
||
become too stale. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>QuantumBytes=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the number of bytes used as the "deficit" in the fair queuing algorithm timespan.
|
||
When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes,
|
||
respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>ECN=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean. This can be used to mark packets instead of dropping them. Defaults to
|
||
unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>CEThresholdSec=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a timespan. This sets a threshold above which all packets are marked with ECN
|
||
Congestion Experienced (CE). Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[FairQueueing] Section Options</title>
|
||
<para>The [FairQueueing] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of fair queue traffic policing
|
||
(FQ).</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>PacketLimit=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the hard limit on the real queue size. When this limit is reached, incoming packets are
|
||
dropped. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>FlowLimit=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the hard limit on the maximum number of packets queued per flow. Defaults to
|
||
unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>QuantumBytes=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the credit per dequeue RR round, i.e. the amount of bytes a flow is allowed
|
||
to dequeue at once. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes,
|
||
Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to unset and kernel's
|
||
default is used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>InitialQuantumBytes=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the initial sending rate credit, i.e. the amount of bytes a new flow is
|
||
allowed to dequeue initially. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as
|
||
Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024. Defaults to unset and
|
||
kernel's default is used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>MaximumRate=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the maximum sending rate of a flow. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the
|
||
specified size is parsed as Kilobits, Megabits, or Gigabits, respectively, to the base of
|
||
1000. Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Buckets=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the size of the hash table used for flow lookups. Defaults to unset and
|
||
kernel's default is used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>OrphanMask=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes an unsigned integer. For packets not owned by a socket, fq is able to mask a part
|
||
of hash and reduce number of buckets associated with the traffic. Defaults to unset and
|
||
kernel's default is used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Pacing=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a boolean, and enables or disables flow pacing. Defaults to unset and kernel's
|
||
default is used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>CEThresholdSec=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes a timespan. This sets a threshold above which all packets are marked with ECN
|
||
Congestion Experienced (CE). Defaults to unset and kernel's default is used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[TrivialLinkEqualizer] Section Options</title>
|
||
<para>The [TrivialLinkEqualizer] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of trivial link
|
||
equalizer (teql).</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Id=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the interface ID <literal>N</literal> of teql. Defaults to <literal>0</literal>.
|
||
Note that when teql is used, currently, the module <constant>sch_teql</constant> with
|
||
<constant>max_equalizers=N+1</constant> option must be loaded before
|
||
<command>systemd-networkd</command> is started.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v245"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[HierarchyTokenBucket] Section Options</title>
|
||
<para>The [HierarchyTokenBucket] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of hierarchy token
|
||
bucket (htb).</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>DefaultClass=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes the minor id in hexadecimal of the default class. Unclassified traffic gets sent
|
||
to the class. Defaults to unset.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>RateToQuantum=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes an unsigned integer. The DRR quantums are calculated by dividing the value
|
||
configured in <varname>Rate=</varname> by <varname>RateToQuantum=</varname>.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[HierarchyTokenBucketClass] Section Options</title>
|
||
<para>The [HierarchyTokenBucketClass] section manages the traffic control class of hierarchy token bucket
|
||
(htb).</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="tclass-parent" />
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="tclass-classid" />
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Priority=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the priority of the class. In the round-robin process, classes with the lowest
|
||
priority field are tried for packets first.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>QuantumBytes=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies how many bytes to serve from leaf at once. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the
|
||
specified size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of
|
||
1024.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>MTUBytes=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the maximum packet size we create. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified
|
||
size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>OverheadBytes=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Takes an unsigned integer which specifies per-packet size overhead used in rate
|
||
computations. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes,
|
||
Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of 1024.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Rate=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the maximum rate this class and all its children are guaranteed. When suffixed
|
||
with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobits, Megabits, or Gigabits, respectively,
|
||
to the base of 1000. This setting is mandatory.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>CeilRate=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the maximum rate at which a class can send, if its parent has bandwidth to spare.
|
||
When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobits, Megabits, or Gigabits,
|
||
respectively, to the base of 1000. When unset, the value specified with <varname>Rate=</varname>
|
||
is used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>BufferBytes=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the maximum bytes burst which can be accumulated during idle period. When suffixed
|
||
with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively,
|
||
to the base of 1024.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>CeilBufferBytes=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the maximum bytes burst for ceil which can be accumulated during idle period.
|
||
When suffixed with K, M, or G, the specified size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes,
|
||
respectively, to the base of 1024.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[HeavyHitterFilter] Section Options</title>
|
||
<para>The [HeavyHitterFilter] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of Heavy Hitter Filter
|
||
(hhf).</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>PacketLimit=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the hard limit on the queue size in number of packets. When this limit is reached,
|
||
incoming packets are dropped. An unsigned integer in the range 0…4294967294. Defaults to unset and
|
||
kernel's default is used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[QuickFairQueueing] Section Options</title>
|
||
<para>The [QuickFairQueueing] section manages the queueing discipline (qdisc) of Quick Fair Queueing
|
||
(QFQ).</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-parent" />
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="qdisc-handle" />
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[QuickFairQueueingClass] Section Options</title>
|
||
<para>The [QuickFairQueueingClass] section manages the traffic control class of Quick Fair Queueing
|
||
(qfq).</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="tclass-parent" />
|
||
<xi:include href="tc.xml" xpointer="tclass-classid" />
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>Weight=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the weight of the class. Takes an integer in the range 1…1023. Defaults to
|
||
unset in which case the kernel default is used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>MaxPacketBytes=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>Specifies the maximum packet size in bytes for the class. When suffixed with K, M, or G, the
|
||
specified size is parsed as Kilobytes, Megabytes, or Gigabytes, respectively, to the base of
|
||
1024. When unset, the kernel default is used.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v246"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>[BridgeVLAN] Section Options</title>
|
||
<para>
|
||
The [BridgeVLAN] section manages the VLAN ID configurations of a bridge master or port, and accepts the
|
||
following keys. To make the settings in this section take an effect,
|
||
<varname>VLANFiltering=</varname> option has to be enabled on the bridge master, see the [Bridge]
|
||
section in
|
||
<citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.netdev</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.
|
||
If at least one valid settings specified in this section in a .network file for an interface, all
|
||
assigned VLAN IDs on the interface that are not configured in the .network file will be removed. If
|
||
VLAN IDs on an interface need to be managed by other tools, then the settings in this section cannot
|
||
be used in the matching .network file.
|
||
</para>
|
||
|
||
<variablelist class='network-directives'>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>VLAN=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>The VLAN ID allowed on the port. This can be either a single ID or a range M-N. Takes an
|
||
integer in the range 1…4094. This setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is
|
||
assigned, then the all previous assignments are cleared.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v231"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>EgressUntagged=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>The VLAN ID specified here will be used to untag frames on egress. Configuring
|
||
<varname>EgressUntagged=</varname> implicates the use of <varname>VLAN=</varname> above and will
|
||
enable the VLAN ID for ingress as well. This can be either a single ID or a range M-N. This
|
||
setting can be specified multiple times. If an empty string is assigned, then the all previous
|
||
assignments are cleared.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v231"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
<varlistentry>
|
||
<term><varname>PVID=</varname></term>
|
||
<listitem>
|
||
<para>The port VLAN ID specified here is assigned to all untagged frames at ingress. Takes an
|
||
VLAN ID or negative boolean value (e.g. <literal>no</literal>). When false, the currently
|
||
assigned port VLAN ID will be dropped. Configuring <varname>PVID=</varname> implicates the use of
|
||
<varname>VLAN=</varname> setting in the above and will enable the VLAN ID for ingress as well.
|
||
Defaults to unset, and will keep the assigned port VLAN ID if exists.</para>
|
||
|
||
<xi:include href="version-info.xml" xpointer="v231"/>
|
||
</listitem>
|
||
</varlistentry>
|
||
</variablelist>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>Examples</title>
|
||
<example>
|
||
<title>Static network configuration</title>
|
||
|
||
<programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/50-static.network
|
||
[Match]
|
||
Name=enp2s0
|
||
|
||
[Network]
|
||
Address=192.168.0.15/24
|
||
Gateway=192.168.0.1</programlisting>
|
||
|
||
<para>This brings interface <literal>enp2s0</literal> up with a static address. The
|
||
specified gateway will be used for a default route.</para>
|
||
</example>
|
||
|
||
<example>
|
||
<title>DHCP on ethernet links</title>
|
||
|
||
<programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/80-dhcp.network
|
||
[Match]
|
||
Name=en*
|
||
|
||
[Network]
|
||
DHCP=yes</programlisting>
|
||
|
||
<para>This will enable DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 on all interfaces with names starting with
|
||
<literal>en</literal> (i.e. ethernet interfaces).</para>
|
||
</example>
|
||
|
||
<example>
|
||
<title>IPv6 Prefix Delegation (DHCPv6 PD)</title>
|
||
|
||
<programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/55-dhcpv6-pd-upstream.network
|
||
[Match]
|
||
Name=enp1s0
|
||
|
||
[Network]
|
||
DHCP=ipv6
|
||
|
||
# The below setting is optional, to also assign an address in the delegated prefix
|
||
# to the upstream interface. If not necessary, then comment out the line below and
|
||
# the [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section.
|
||
DHCPPrefixDelegation=yes
|
||
|
||
# If the upstream network provides Router Advertisement with Managed bit set,
|
||
# then comment out the line below and WithoutRA= setting in the [DHCPv6] section.
|
||
IPv6AcceptRA=no
|
||
|
||
[DHCPv6]
|
||
WithoutRA=solicit
|
||
|
||
[DHCPPrefixDelegation]
|
||
UplinkInterface=:self
|
||
SubnetId=0
|
||
Announce=no</programlisting>
|
||
|
||
<programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/55-dhcpv6-pd-downstream.network
|
||
[Match]
|
||
Name=enp2s0
|
||
|
||
[Network]
|
||
DHCPPrefixDelegation=yes
|
||
IPv6SendRA=yes
|
||
|
||
# It is expected that the host is acting as a router. So, usually it is not
|
||
# necessary to receive Router Advertisement from other hosts in the downstream network.
|
||
IPv6AcceptRA=no
|
||
|
||
[DHCPPrefixDelegation]
|
||
UplinkInterface=enp1s0
|
||
SubnetId=1
|
||
Announce=yes</programlisting>
|
||
|
||
<para>This will enable DHCPv6-PD on the interface enp1s0 as an upstream interface where the
|
||
DHCPv6 client is running and enp2s0 as a downstream interface where the prefix is delegated to.
|
||
The delegated prefixes are distributed by IPv6 Router Advertisement on the downstream network.
|
||
</para>
|
||
</example>
|
||
|
||
<example>
|
||
<title>IPv6 Prefix Delegation (DHCPv4 6RD)</title>
|
||
|
||
<programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/55-dhcpv4-6rd-upstream.network
|
||
[Match]
|
||
Name=enp1s0
|
||
|
||
[Network]
|
||
DHCP=ipv4
|
||
|
||
# When DHCPv4-6RD is used, the upstream network does not support IPv6.
|
||
# Hence, it is not necessary to wait for Router Advertisement, which is enabled by default.
|
||
IPv6AcceptRA=no
|
||
|
||
[DHCPv4]
|
||
Use6RD=yes</programlisting>
|
||
|
||
<programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/55-dhcpv4-6rd-downstream.network
|
||
[Match]
|
||
Name=enp2s0
|
||
|
||
[Network]
|
||
DHCPPrefixDelegation=yes
|
||
IPv6SendRA=yes
|
||
|
||
# It is expected that the host is acting as a router. So, usually it is not
|
||
# necessary to receive Router Advertisement from other hosts in the downstream network.
|
||
IPv6AcceptRA=no
|
||
|
||
[DHCPPrefixDelegation]
|
||
UplinkInterface=enp1s0
|
||
SubnetId=1
|
||
Announce=yes</programlisting>
|
||
|
||
<para>This will enable DHCPv4-6RD on the interface enp1s0 as an upstream interface where the
|
||
DHCPv4 client is running and enp2s0 as a downstream interface where the prefix is delegated to.
|
||
The delegated prefixes are distributed by IPv6 Router Advertisement on the downstream network.
|
||
</para>
|
||
</example>
|
||
|
||
<example>
|
||
<title>A bridge with two enslaved links</title>
|
||
|
||
<programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/25-bridge-static.netdev
|
||
[NetDev]
|
||
Name=bridge0
|
||
Kind=bridge</programlisting>
|
||
|
||
<programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/25-bridge-static.network
|
||
[Match]
|
||
Name=bridge0
|
||
|
||
[Network]
|
||
Address=192.168.0.15/24
|
||
Gateway=192.168.0.1
|
||
DNS=192.168.0.1</programlisting>
|
||
|
||
<programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/25-bridge-slave-interface-1.network
|
||
[Match]
|
||
Name=enp2s0
|
||
|
||
[Network]
|
||
Bridge=bridge0</programlisting>
|
||
|
||
<programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/25-bridge-slave-interface-2.network
|
||
[Match]
|
||
Name=wlp3s0
|
||
|
||
[Network]
|
||
Bridge=bridge0</programlisting>
|
||
|
||
<para>This creates a bridge and attaches devices <literal>enp2s0</literal> and
|
||
<literal>wlp3s0</literal> to it. The bridge will have the specified static address
|
||
and network assigned, and a default route via the specified gateway will be
|
||
added. The specified DNS server will be added to the global list of DNS resolvers.
|
||
</para>
|
||
</example>
|
||
|
||
<example>
|
||
<title>Bridge port with VLAN forwarding</title>
|
||
|
||
<programlisting>
|
||
# /etc/systemd/network/25-bridge-slave-interface-1.network
|
||
[Match]
|
||
Name=enp2s0
|
||
|
||
[Network]
|
||
Bridge=bridge0
|
||
|
||
[BridgeVLAN]
|
||
VLAN=1-32
|
||
PVID=42
|
||
EgressUntagged=42
|
||
|
||
[BridgeVLAN]
|
||
VLAN=100-200
|
||
|
||
[BridgeVLAN]
|
||
EgressUntagged=300-400</programlisting>
|
||
|
||
<para>This overrides the configuration specified in the previous example for the
|
||
interface <literal>enp2s0</literal>, and enables VLAN on that bridge port. VLAN IDs
|
||
1-32, 42, 100-400 will be allowed. Packets tagged with VLAN IDs 42, 300-400 will be
|
||
untagged when they leave on this interface. Untagged packets which arrive on this
|
||
interface will be assigned VLAN ID 42.</para>
|
||
</example>
|
||
|
||
<example>
|
||
<title>Various tunnels</title>
|
||
|
||
<programlisting>/etc/systemd/network/25-tunnels.network
|
||
[Match]
|
||
Name=ens1
|
||
|
||
[Network]
|
||
Tunnel=ipip-tun
|
||
Tunnel=sit-tun
|
||
Tunnel=gre-tun
|
||
Tunnel=vti-tun
|
||
</programlisting>
|
||
|
||
<programlisting>/etc/systemd/network/25-tunnel-ipip.netdev
|
||
[NetDev]
|
||
Name=ipip-tun
|
||
Kind=ipip
|
||
</programlisting>
|
||
|
||
<programlisting>/etc/systemd/network/25-tunnel-sit.netdev
|
||
[NetDev]
|
||
Name=sit-tun
|
||
Kind=sit
|
||
</programlisting>
|
||
|
||
<programlisting>/etc/systemd/network/25-tunnel-gre.netdev
|
||
[NetDev]
|
||
Name=gre-tun
|
||
Kind=gre
|
||
</programlisting>
|
||
|
||
<programlisting>/etc/systemd/network/25-tunnel-vti.netdev
|
||
[NetDev]
|
||
Name=vti-tun
|
||
Kind=vti
|
||
</programlisting>
|
||
|
||
<para>This will bring interface <literal>ens1</literal> up and create an IPIP tunnel,
|
||
a SIT tunnel, a GRE tunnel, and a VTI tunnel using it.</para>
|
||
</example>
|
||
|
||
<example>
|
||
<title>A bond device</title>
|
||
|
||
<programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/30-bond1.network
|
||
[Match]
|
||
Name=bond1
|
||
|
||
[Network]
|
||
DHCP=ipv6
|
||
</programlisting>
|
||
|
||
<programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/30-bond1.netdev
|
||
[NetDev]
|
||
Name=bond1
|
||
Kind=bond
|
||
</programlisting>
|
||
|
||
<programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/30-bond1-dev1.network
|
||
[Match]
|
||
MACAddress=52:54:00:e9:64:41
|
||
|
||
[Network]
|
||
Bond=bond1
|
||
</programlisting>
|
||
|
||
<programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/30-bond1-dev2.network
|
||
[Match]
|
||
MACAddress=52:54:00:e9:64:42
|
||
|
||
[Network]
|
||
Bond=bond1
|
||
</programlisting>
|
||
|
||
<para>This will create a bond device <literal>bond1</literal> and enslave the two
|
||
devices with MAC addresses 52:54:00:e9:64:41 and 52:54:00:e9:64:42 to it. IPv6 DHCP
|
||
will be used to acquire an address.</para>
|
||
</example>
|
||
|
||
<example>
|
||
<title>Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF)</title>
|
||
<para>Add the <literal>bond1</literal> interface to the VRF master interface
|
||
<literal>vrf1</literal>. This will redirect routes generated on this interface to be
|
||
within the routing table defined during VRF creation. For kernels before 4.8 traffic
|
||
won't be redirected towards the VRFs routing table unless specific ip-rules are added.
|
||
</para>
|
||
<programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/25-vrf.network
|
||
[Match]
|
||
Name=bond1
|
||
|
||
[Network]
|
||
VRF=vrf1
|
||
</programlisting>
|
||
</example>
|
||
|
||
<example>
|
||
<title>MacVTap</title>
|
||
<para>This brings up a network interface <literal>macvtap-test</literal>
|
||
and attaches it to <literal>enp0s25</literal>.</para>
|
||
<programlisting># /usr/lib/systemd/network/25-macvtap.network
|
||
[Match]
|
||
Name=enp0s25
|
||
|
||
[Network]
|
||
MACVTAP=macvtap-test
|
||
</programlisting>
|
||
</example>
|
||
|
||
<example>
|
||
<title>A Xfrm interface with physical underlying device.</title>
|
||
|
||
<programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/27-xfrm.netdev
|
||
[NetDev]
|
||
Name=xfrm0
|
||
Kind=xfrm
|
||
|
||
[Xfrm]
|
||
InterfaceId=7</programlisting>
|
||
|
||
<programlisting># /etc/systemd/network/27-eth0.network
|
||
[Match]
|
||
Name=eth0
|
||
|
||
[Network]
|
||
Xfrm=xfrm0</programlisting>
|
||
|
||
<para>This creates a <literal>xfrm0</literal> interface and binds it to the <literal>eth0</literal> device.
|
||
This allows hardware based ipsec offloading to the <literal>eth0</literal> nic.
|
||
If offloading is not needed, xfrm interfaces can be assigned to the <literal>lo</literal> device.
|
||
</para>
|
||
</example>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
<refsect1>
|
||
<title>See Also</title>
|
||
<para><simplelist type="inline">
|
||
<member><citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></member>
|
||
<member><citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-networkd.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></member>
|
||
<member><citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.link</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry></member>
|
||
<member><citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd.netdev</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry></member>
|
||
<member><citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-network-generator.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></member>
|
||
<member><citerefentry><refentrytitle>systemd-resolved.service</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry></member>
|
||
</simplelist></para>
|
||
</refsect1>
|
||
|
||
</refentry>
|